diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
commit | e0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch) | |
tree | 60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/latex/contrib/acmart |
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/acmart')
27 files changed, 13637 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b3ae500389 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bbx @@ -0,0 +1,819 @@ +\ProvidesFile{ACM-Reference-Format.bbx}[2017-09-27 v0.1 biblatex bibliography style] + +% Inherit a default style +\RequireBibliographyStyle{trad-plain} + + + +%%% Localisation strings for ACM + +\DefineBibliographyStrings{american}{% + mathesis = {Master's thesis}, + phdthesis = {Ph\adddot{}D\adddotspace Dissertation}, + editor = {(Ed\adddot)}, + editors = {(Eds\adddot)}, + edition = {ed\adddot}, +} + + + +%%% Formatting for fields + +%\DeclareFieldFormat +% [article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,patent,thesis,unpublished] +% {title}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{numpages}{#1 pages} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{number}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{articleno}{Article #1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{key}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{Retrieved\space{}#1\space{}from} +\DeclareFieldAlias{lastaccessed}{urldate} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% + \printtext[parens]{\ifinteger{#1} + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}} + {#1\isdot~\bibstring{edition}}}} + + +% Handle urls field containing 'and' separated list of URLs +% https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/229 +\DeclareListFormat{urls}{% + \url{#1}% + \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}} + {\addcomma\space} + {}} +\renewbibmacro*{url}{\iffieldundef{url}{\printlist{urls}}{\printfield{url}}} + + + +%%% Bibmacro definitions + +\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifusetranslator + and + not test {\ifnameundef{translator}} + } + {\printnames{translator}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}% + \clearname{translator}} + {\printfield{key}}} + +\newbibmacro*{year}{% + \iffieldundef{year}% + {\printtext{[n.\ d.]}}% + {\printfield{year}}% +} + +\renewbibmacro*{date}{\printtext[parens]{\printdate}} + + +\renewbibmacro*{url+urldate}{\iffieldundef{urlyear} + {} + {\usebibmacro{urldate}% + \setunit*{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{url}% + } + + +\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{journal}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit% + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{volume+number+date+pages+eid}% + \newcommaunit% +% \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue-issue}% + \setunit*{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + + + +\newbibmacro*{volume+number+date+pages+eid}{% + \printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{number}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{articleno} + \setunit{\addcomma\space} + \usebibmacro{date-ifmonth} + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{pages}% + {\printfield{numpages}}% + {\printfield{pages}}% + \newcommaunit% + \printfield{eid}}% + +\renewbibmacro*{chapter+pages}{% + \printfield{chapter}% + \setunit{\bibpagespunct}% + \iffieldundef{pages}% + {\printfield{numpages}}% + {\printfield{pages}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + } + {\printnames{editor}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{editor+othersstrg}% + \clearname{editor}} + {\iflistundef{organization}{}{\printlist{organization}}}} + + +\newbibmacro*{issue-issue}{% + \iffieldundef{issue}% + {}% + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}% + }% + \newunit} + + + + +\newbibmacro*{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}{% + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {} + {\usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}}}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \setunit*{\addspace} + \printfield[parens]{series}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{articleno} + \newunit + } + +\renewbibmacro*{booktitle}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}} + } + {} + {\printtext[booktitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}% + \iffieldundef{booksubtitle}{}{ + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{booksubtitle}}% + }% + }% + \printfield{booktitleaddon}} + +\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{% + \printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{number}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{articleno} + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}} + + +\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% + \printlist{publisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}% + \newunit} + + +\newbibmacro{date-ifmonth}{% + \iffieldundef{month}{}{% + \usebibmacro{date} + }% +} + + +\renewbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{% + \printlist{school}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{institution}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printlist{location}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}% + \newunit} + + +\renewbibmacro*{periodical}{% + \iffieldundef{title} + {} + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{journal}} + +\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% + \iffieldundef{issue} + {\usebibmacro{date}} + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{periodical}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit + \printfield{series}% + \setunit{\addspace}}% + \printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{number}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{articleno} + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{issue}% + \newunit} + + + + +%%% Definitions for drivers (alphabetical) + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock% + \usebibmacro{year}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit% + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}% + \newunit\newblock% + \printfield{version}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit% + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock% + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{issn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% + \newunit% + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iffieldundef{author}% + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + {\usebibmacro{author/translator+others}}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock +% \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{author}{}%if undef then we already printed editor + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{in:}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle+series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield{volume}% + \printfield{part}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{series+number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{organization+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \printlist{organization}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date-ifmonth}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:eprint} + {\usebibmacro{eprint}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{url+urldate}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareFieldFormat[patent]{number}{Patent No.~#1} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \iflistundef{location} + {} + {\setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byholder}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{editor}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byeditor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{issn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{version}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isrn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{year} + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printlist{language}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{type}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% + \newunit + \printfield{pagetotal}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} + {\printfield{isbn}} + {}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% + \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock + \usebibmacro{pageref}% + \newunit\newblock + \printfield{note}% + \newunit\newblock + \iftoggle{bbx:related} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bst b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78bf7924ce --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2900 @@ +%%% -*-BibTeX-*- +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @BibTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe, Boris Veytsman and Gerald Murray", +%%% version = "2.1", +%%% date = "14 June 2017", +%%% filename = "ACM-Reference-Format.bst", +%%% email = "borisv@lk.net, boris@varphi.com", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "ACM Transactions bibliography style; BibTeX", +%%% license = "public domain", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +%%% Revision history: see source in git + +ENTRY + { address + advisor + archiveprefix + author + booktitle + chapter + city + date + edition + editor + eprint + eprinttype + eprintclass + howpublished + institution + journal + key + month + note + number + organization + pages + primaryclass + publisher + school + series + title + type + volume + year + % New keys recognized + issue % UTAH: used in, e.g., ACM SIGSAM Bulletin and ACM Communications in Computer Algebra + articleno + eid + day % UTAH: needed for newspapers, weeklies, bi-weeklies + doi % UTAH + url % UTAH + bookpages % UTAH + numpages + lastaccessed % UTAH: used only for @Misc{...} + coden % UTAH + isbn % UTAH + isbn-13 % UTAH + issn % UTAH + lccn % UTAH + } + {} + { label.year extra.label sort.year sort.label basic.label.year} + +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } + +INTEGERS { show-isbn-10-and-13 } % initialized below in begin.bib + +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } + +INTEGERS { multiresult } + +INTEGERS { len } + +INTEGERS { last.extra.num } + +STRINGS { s t t.org u } + +STRINGS { last.label next.extra } + +STRINGS { p1 p2 p3 page.count } + + +FUNCTION { not } +{ + { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { and } +{ + 'skip$ + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { or } +{ + { pop$ #1 } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION { dump.stack.1 } +{ + duplicate$ "STACK[top] = [" swap$ * "]" * warning$ +} + +FUNCTION { dump.stack.2 } +{ + duplicate$ "STACK[top ] = [" swap$ * "]" * warning$ + swap$ + duplicate$ "STACK[top-1] = [" swap$ * "]" * warning$ + swap$ +} + +FUNCTION { empty.or.unknown } +{ + %% Examine the top stack entry, and push 1 if it is empty, or + %% consists only of whitespace, or is a string beginning with two + %% queries (??), and otherwise, push 0. + %% + %% This function provides a replacement for empty$, with the + %% convenient feature that unknown values marked by two leading + %% queries are treated the same as missing values, and thus, do not + %% appear in the output .bbl file, and yet, their presence in .bib + %% file(s) serves to mark values which are temporarily missing, but + %% are expected to be filled in eventually once more data is + %% obtained. The TeX User Group and BibNet bibliography archives + %% make extensive use of this practice. + %% + %% An empty string cannot serve the same purpose, because just as in + %% statistics data processing, an unknown value is not the same as an + %% empty value. + %% + %% At entry: stack = ... top:[string] + %% At exit: stack = ... top:[0 or 1] + + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ #1 } + { #1 #2 substring$ "??" = } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { writeln } +{ + %% In BibTeX style files, the sequences + %% + %% ... "one" "two" output + %% ... "one" "two" output.xxx + %% + %% ship "one" to the output file, possibly following by punctuation, + %% leaving the stack with + %% + %% ... "two" + %% + %% There is thus a one-string lag in output processing that must be + %% carefully handled to avoid duplicating a string in the output + %% file. Unless otherwise noted, all output.xxx functions leave + %% just one new string on the stack, and that model should be born + %% in mind when reading or writing function code. + %% + %% BibTeX's asynchronous buffering of output from strings from the + %% stack is confusing because newline$ bypasses the buffer. It + %% would have been so much easier for newline to be a character + %% rather than a state of the output-in-progress. + %% + %% The documentation in btxhak.dvi is WRONG: it says + %% + %% newline$ Writes onto the bbl file what's accumulated in the + %% output buffer. It writes a blank line if and only + %% if the output buffer is empty. Since write$ does + %% reasonable line breaking, you should use this + %% function only when you want a blank line or an + %% explicit line break. + %% + %% write$ Pops the top (string) literal and writes it on the + %% output buffer (which will result in stuff being + %% written onto the bbl file when the buffer fills + %% up). + %% + %% Examination of the BibTeX source code shows that write$ does + %% indeed behave as claimed, but newline$ sends a newline character + %% directly to the output file, leaving the stack unchanged. The + %% first line "Writes onto ... buffer." is therefore wrong. + %% + %% The original BibTeX style files almost always use "write$ newline$" + %% in that order, so it makes sense to hide that pair in a private + %% function like this one, named after a statement in Pascal, + %% the programming language embedded in the BibTeX Web program. + + write$ % output top-of-stack string + newline$ % immediate write of newline (not via stack) +} + +FUNCTION { init.state.consts } +{ + #0 'before.all := + #1 'mid.sentence := + #2 'after.sentence := + #3 'after.block := +} + +FUNCTION { output.nonnull } +{ % Stack in: ... R S T Stack out: ... R T File out: S<comma><space> + 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { + ", " * write$ + } + { + output.state after.block = + { + add.period$ writeln + "\newblock " write$ + } + { + output.state before.all = + { + write$ + } + { + add.period$ " " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION { output.nonnull.dot.space } +{ % Stack in: ... R S T Stack out: ... R T File out: S<dot><space> + 's := + output.state mid.sentence = % { "<DEBUG output.nonnull.dot.space>. " * write$ } + { + ". " * write$ + } + { + output.state after.block = + { + add.period$ writeln "\newblock " write$ + } + { + output.state before.all = + { + write$ + } + { + add.period$ " " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION { output.nonnull.remove } +{ % Stack in: ... R S T Stack out: ... R T File out: S<space> + 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { + " " * write$ + } + { + output.state after.block = + { + add.period$ writeln "\newblock " write$ + } + { + output.state before.all = + { + write$ + } + { + add.period$ " " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION { output.nonnull.removenospace } +{ % Stack in: ... R S T Stack out: ... R T File out: S + 's := + output.state mid.sentence = + { + "" * write$ + } + { + output.state after.block = + { + add.period$ writeln "\newblock " write$ + } + { + output.state before.all = + { + write$ + } + { + add.period$ " " * write$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ + s +} + +FUNCTION { output } +{ % discard top token if empty, else like output.nonnull + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.dot.space } +{ % discard top token if empty, else like output.nonnull.dot.space + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.dot.space + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.removenospace } +{ % discard top token if empty, else like output.nonnull.removenospace + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull.removenospace + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.check } +{ % like output, but warn if key name on top-of-stack is not set + 't := + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { bibinfo.output.check } +{ % like output.check, adding bibinfo field + 't := + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + { "\bibinfo{" t "}{" * * swap$ * "}" * + output.nonnull } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.check.dot.space } +{ % like output.dot.space, but warn if key name on top-of-stack is not set + 't := + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull.dot.space + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { fin.block } +{ % functionally, but not logically, identical to fin.entry + add.period$ + writeln +} + +FUNCTION { fin.entry } +{ + add.period$ + writeln +} + +FUNCTION { new.sentence } +{ % update sentence state, with neither output nor stack change + output.state after.block = + 'skip$ + { + output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.sentence 'output.state := } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { fin.sentence } +{ + add.period$ + write$ + new.sentence + "" +} + +FUNCTION { new.block } +{ + output.state before.all = + 'skip$ + { after.block 'output.state := } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.coden } % UTAH +{ % output non-empty CODEN as one-line sentence (stack untouched) + coden empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\showCODEN{" coden * "}" * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.articleno } +{ + articleno empty.or.unknown not eid empty.or.unknown not and + { "Both articleno and eid are defined for " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ + articleno empty.or.unknown eid empty.or.unknown and + { "" } + { + numpages empty.or.unknown + { "articleno or eid field, but no numpages field, in " + cite$ * warning$ } + { } + if$ + eid empty.or.unknown + { "Article \bibinfo{articleno}{" articleno * "}" * } + { "Article \bibinfo{articleno}{" eid * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.year } +{ % push year string or "[n.\,d.]" onto output stack + %% Because year is a mandatory field, we always force SOMETHING + %% to be output + "\bibinfo{year}{" + year empty.or.unknown + { "[n.\,d.]" } + { year } + if$ + * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION { format.day.month } +{ % push "day month " or "month " or "" onto output stack + day empty.or.unknown + { + month empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "\bibinfo{date}{" month * "} " *} + if$ + } + { + month empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "\bibinfo{date}{" day * " " * month * "} " *} + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.day.month.year } % UTAH +{ % if month is empty, push "" else push "(MON.)" or "(DD MON.)" + % Needed for frequent periodicals: 2008. ... New York Times C-1, C-2, C-17 (23 Oct.) + % acm-*.bst addition: prefix parenthesized date string with + % ", Article nnn " + articleno empty.or.unknown eid empty.or.unknown and + { "" } + { output.state after.block = + {", " format.articleno * } + { format.articleno } + if$ + } + if$ + " (" * format.day.month * format.year * ")" * +} + +FUNCTION { output.day.month.year } % UTAH +{ % if month is empty value, do nothing; else output stack top and + % leave with new top string "(MON.)" or "(DD MON.)" + % Needed for frequent periodicals: 2008. ... New York Times C-1, C-2, C-17 (23 Oct.) + format.day.month.year + output.nonnull.remove +} + +FUNCTION { strip.doi } % UTAH +{ % Strip any Web address prefix to recover the bare DOI, leaving the + % result on the output stack, as recommended by CrossRef DOI + % documentation. + % For example, reduce "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1534530.1534545" to + % "10.1145/1534530.1534545". A suitable URL is later typeset and + % displayed as the LAST item in the reference list entry. Publisher Web + % sites wrap this with a suitable link to a real URL to resolve the DOI, + % and the master https://doi.org/ address is preferred, since publisher- + % specific URLs can disappear in response to economic events. All + % journals are encouraged by the DOI authorities to use that typeset + % format and link procedures for uniformity across all publications that + % include DOIs in reference lists. + % The numeric prefix is guaranteed to start with "10.", so we use + % that as a test. + % 2017-02-04 Added stripping of https:// (Boris) + doi #1 #3 substring$ "10." = + { doi } + { + doi 't := % get modifiable copy of DOI + + % Change https:// to http:// to strip both prefixes (BV) + + t #1 #8 substring$ "https://" = + { "http://" t #9 t text.length$ #8 - substring$ * 't := } + { } + if$ + + t #1 #7 substring$ "http://" = + { + t #8 t text.length$ #7 - substring$ 't := + + "INTERNAL STYLE-FILE ERROR" 's := + + % search for next "/" and assign its suffix to s + + { t text.length$ } + { + t #1 #1 substring$ "/" = + { + % save rest of string as true DOI (should be 10.xxxx/yyyy) + t #2 t text.length$ #1 - substring$ 's := + "" 't := % empty string t terminates the loop + } + { + % discard first character and continue loop: t <= substring(t,2,last) + t #2 t text.length$ #1 - substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ + + % check for valid DOI (should be 10.xxxx/yyyy) + s #1 #3 substring$ "10." = + { } + { "unrecognized DOI substring " s * " in DOI value [" * doi * "]" * warning$ } + if$ + + s % push the stripped DOI on the output stack + + } + { + "unrecognized DOI value [" doi * "]" * warning$ + doi % push the unrecognized original DOI on the output stack + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% +% Change by BV: added standard prefix to URL +% +FUNCTION { output.doi } % UTAH +{ % output non-empty DOI as one-line sentence (stack untouched) + doi empty.or.unknown + { } + { + %% Use \urldef here for the same reason it is used in output.url, + %% see output.url for further discussion. + "\urldef\tempurl%" writeln + "\url{https://doi.org/" strip.doi * "}" * writeln + "\showDOI{\tempurl}" writeln + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.isbn } % UTAH +{ % output non-empty ISBN-10 and/or ISBN-13 as one-line sentences (stack untouched) + show-isbn-10-and-13 + { + %% show both 10- and 13-digit ISBNs + isbn empty.or.unknown + { } + { + "\showISBNx{" isbn * "}" * writeln + } + if$ + isbn-13 empty.or.unknown + { } + { + "\showISBNxiii{" isbn-13 * "}" * writeln + } + if$ + } + { + %% show 10-digit ISBNs only if 13-digit ISBNs not available + isbn-13 empty.or.unknown + { + isbn empty.or.unknown + { } + { + "\showISBNx{" isbn * "}" * writeln + } + if$ + } + { + "\showISBNxiii{" isbn-13 * "}" * writeln + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.issn } % UTAH +{ % output non-empty ISSN as one-line sentence (stack untouched) + issn empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\showISSN{" issn * "}" * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.issue } +{ % output non-empty issue number as a one-line sentence (stack untouched) + issue empty.or.unknown + { } + { "Issue " issue * "." * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.lccn } % UTAH +{ % return with stack untouched + lccn empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\showLCCN{" lccn * "}" * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.note } % UTAH +{ % return with stack empty + note empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\shownote{" note add.period$ * "}" * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.note.check } % UTAH +{ % return with stack empty + note empty.or.unknown + { "empty note in " cite$ * warning$ } + { "\shownote{" note add.period$ * "}" * writeln } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.eprint } % +{ % return with stack empty + eprint empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\showeprint" + archiveprefix empty.or.unknown + { eprinttype empty.or.unknown + { } + { "[" eprinttype "]" * * * } + if$ + } + { "[" archiveprefix "l" change.case$ "]" * * * } + if$ + "{" * + primaryclass empty.or.unknown + { eprintclass empty.or.unknown + { } + { eprintclass "/" * * } + if$ + } + { primaryclass "/" * * } + if$ + eprint "}" * * + writeln + } + if$ +} + + +% +% Changes by BV 2011/04/15. Do not output +% url if doi is defined +% +FUNCTION { output.url } % UTAH +{ % return with stack untouched + % output URL and associated lastaccessed fields + doi empty.or.unknown + { + url empty.or.unknown + { } + { + %% Use \urldef, outside \showURL, so that %nn, #, etc in URLs work + %% correctly. Put the actual URL on its own line to reduce the + %% likelihood of BibTeX's nasty line wrapping after column 79. + %% \url{} can undo this, but if that doesn't work for some reason + %% the .bbl file would have to be repaired manually. + "\urldef\tempurl%" writeln + "\url{" url * "}" * writeln + + "\showURL{%" writeln + lastaccessed empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "Retrieved " lastaccessed * " from " * } + if$ + "\tempurl}" * writeln + } + if$ + } + { } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { output.year.check } +{ % warn if year empty, output top string and leave " YEAR<label>" on stack in mid-sentence + year empty.or.unknown + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ + write$ + " \bibinfo{year}{[n.d.]}" + "\natexlab{" extra.label * "}" * * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + { write$ + " \bibinfo{year}{" year * "}" * + "\natexlab{" extra.label * "}" * * + mid.sentence 'output.state := + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION { le } +{ + %% test whether first number is less than or equal to second number + %% stack in: n1 n2 + %% stack out: if n1 <= n2 then 1 else 0 + + %% "DEBUG: le " cite$ * warning$ + > { #0 } { #1 } if$ +} + +FUNCTION { ge } +{ + %% test whether first number is greater than or equal to second number + %% stack in: n1 n2 + %% stack out: if n1 >= n2 then 1 else 0 + + %% "DEBUG: ge " cite$ * warning$ + < { #0 } { #1 } if$ +} + +FUNCTION { is.leading.digit } +{ + %% test whether first character of string is a digit + %% stack in: string + %% stack out: if first-char-is-digit then 1 else 0 + + #1 #1 substring$ % replace string by string[1:1] + duplicate$ % string[1:1] string[1:1] + chr.to.int$ + "0" chr.to.int$ swap$ le % "0" <= string[1:1] --> 0-or-1 + swap$ % 0-or-1 string[1:1] + chr.to.int$ + "9" chr.to.int$ le % string[1:1} <= "9" --> 0-or-1 + and +} + +FUNCTION { skip.digits } +{ + %% skip over leading digits in string + %% stack in: string + %% stack out: rest-of-string leading-digits + + %% "DEBUG: enter skip.digits " cite$ * warning$ + + %% dump.stack.1 + + duplicate$ + 't := + 't.org := + "" 'u := + + { t text.length$ } + { + %% "=================DEBUG: skip.digits t = [" t * "]" * warning$ + t is.leading.digit + { t #2 t text.length$ #1 - substring$ } + { + t 'u := + "" + } + if$ + 't := + } + while$ + + u % rest of string + t.org #1 t.org text.length$ u text.length$ - substring$ % leading digits + + %% "DEBUG: t.org = [" t.org * "]" * warning$ + %% "DEBUG: u = [" u * "]" * warning$ + + %% dump.stack.2 + + %% "DEBUG: leave skip.digits " cite$ * warning$ +} + +FUNCTION { skip.nondigits } +{ + %% skip over leading nondigits in string + %% stack in: string + %% stack out: rest-of-string + + %% "DEBUG: enter skip.nondigits " cite$ * warning$ + + 't := + "" 'u := + + { t text.length$ } + { + %% "=================DEBUG: skip.nondigits t = [" t * "]" * warning$ + t is.leading.digit + { + t 'u := + "" + } + { t #2 t text.length$ #1 - substring$ } + if$ + 't := + } + while$ + + u % rest of string + + %% dump.stack.1 + %% "DEBUG: leave skip.nondigits " cite$ * warning$ +} + +FUNCTION { parse.next.number } +{ + %% stack in: string + %% stack out: rest-of-string next-numeric-part-of-string + %% Example: + %% stack in: "123:1--123:59" + %% stack out: ":1--123:59" "123" + + 's := + s skip.nondigits 's := + s skip.digits +} + +FUNCTION { reduce.pages.to.page.count } +{ + %% Stack in: arbitrary-and-unused + %% Stack out: unchanged + %% + %% For the new-style pagination with article number and numpages or + %% pages, we expect to have BibTeX entries containing something like + %% articleno = "17", + %% pages = "1--23", + %% with output "Article 17, 23 pages", + %% or + %% articleno = "17", + %% numpages = "23", + %% with output "Article 17, 23 pages", + %% or + %% articleno = "17", + %% pages = "17:1--17:23", + %% with output "Article 17, 23 pages", + %% + %% If articleno is missing or empty, then we should output "1--23", + %% "23" (with a warning of a missing articleno), or "17:1--17:23", + %% respectively. + + %% "DEBUG: enter reduce.pages.to.page.count " cite$ * warning$ + + %% "DEBUG: pages = [" pages * "]" * warning$ + + pages + parse.next.number 'p1 := + parse.next.number 'p2 := + parse.next.number 'p3 := + parse.next.number 'page.count := + + duplicate$ + empty.or.unknown + { } + { + duplicate$ "unexpected trailing garbage [" swap$ * + "] after n:p1--n:p2 in pages = [" * + pages * + "] in " * + cite$ * + warning$ + } + if$ + + pop$ + + %% "DEBUG: reduce.pages.to.page.count: " + %% " p1 = " p1 * * + %% " p2 = " p2 * * + %% " p3 = " p3 * * + %% " p4 = " page.count * * + %% " in " cite$ * * warning$ + + p1 p3 = p2 "1" = and numpages empty.or.unknown and + { "INFO: reduced pages = [" pages * "] to numpages = [" * page.count * "]" * warning$ } + { + numpages empty.or.unknown + { pages } + { numpages } + if$ + 'page.count := + } + if$ + + p1 "1" = p3 empty.or.unknown and numpages empty.or.unknown and + { + p2 'page.count := + "INFO: reduced pages = [" pages * "] to numpages = [" * page.count * "]" * warning$ + } + { + numpages empty.or.unknown + { pages } + { numpages } + if$ + 'page.count := + } + if$ + + %% "DEBUG: leave reduce.pages.to.page.count " cite$ * warning$ +} + +FUNCTION { new.block.checkb } +{ % issue a new.block only if at least one of top two stack strings is not empty + empty.or.unknown + swap$ empty.or.unknown + and + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { field.or.null } +{ % convert empty value to null string, else return value + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "" } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + + +FUNCTION { emphasize } +{ % emphasize a non-empty top string on the stack + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { comma } +{ % convert empty string to null string, or brace string and add trailing comma + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { pop$ "" } + { "{" swap$ * "}," * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.names } +{ + % Format bibliographical entries with the first author last name first, + % and subsequent authors with initials followed by last name. + % All names are formatted in this routine. + + 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 = + %NO: BAD ORDER: {"{" s nameptr "{ff~}{ll}{, jj}{, vv}" format.name$ * "}" * 't := } + %NO: BAD ORDER: {"{" s nameptr "{ff~}{ll}{, jj}{, vv}" format.name$ * "}" * 't := } + {"\bibinfo{person}{" s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ * "}" * 't := } + {"\bibinfo{person}{" s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ * "}" * 't := } + if$ + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "\bibinfo{person}{others}" = + { " {et~al\mbox{.}}" * } % jrh: avoid spacing problems + { " {and} " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION { my.full.label } +{ + 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ 't := % get the next name + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "others" = + { " et~al\mbox{.}" * } % jrh: avoid spacing problems + { " and " * t * } % from Chicago Manual of Style + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ + +} + +FUNCTION { format.names.fml } +{ + % Format names in "familiar" format, with first initial followed by + % last name. Like format.names, ALL names are formatted. + % jtb: The names are NOT put in small caps + + 's := + #1 'nameptr := % nameptr = 1; + s num.names$ 'numnames := % numnames = num.name$(s); + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + + { + "\bibinfo{person}{" s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ * "}" * 't := + + nameptr #1 > + { + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t * } + { + numnames #2 > + { "," * } + 'skip$ + if$ + t "\bibinfo{person}{others}" = + { " {et~al\mbox{.}}" * } + { " {and} " * t * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + 't + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := % nameptr += 1; + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := % namesleft =- 1; + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.authors } +{ + author empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { + "\bibfield{author}{" + author format.names add.period$ * "}" *} % jtb: add period if none before + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.key } +{ + empty.or.unknown + { key field.or.null } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.no.key } +{ + empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.editors.fml } +{ + % Format editor names for use in the "in" types: inbook, incollection, + % inproceedings: first initial, then last names. When editors are the + % LABEL for an entry, then format.editor is used which lists editors + % by last name first. + + editor empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { + "\bibfield{editor}{" + editor format.names.fml + * "}" * + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)" * } + { " (Ed.)" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.editors } +{ % format editor names for use in labels, last names first. + editor empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { + "\bibfield{editor}{" + editor format.names + * "}" * + editor num.names$ #1 > + { " (Eds.)." * } + { " (Ed.)." * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.articletitle } +{ + title empty.or.unknown + { "" } + % Use this to preserve lettercase in titles: + { "\showarticletitle{" title * "}" * } + % Use this for downcase title style: + % { \showarticletitle{" title "t" change.case$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.title } +{ + title empty.or.unknown + { "" } + % Use this to preserve lettercase in titles: + { "\bibinfo{title}{" title * "}" * } + % Use this for downcase title style: + % { title "t" change.case$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { n.dashify } +{ + 't := + "" + { t empty.or.unknown not } + { + t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { + t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { + "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { + t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.a.title.with.edition } +{ + "\bibinfo{booktitle}{" + swap$ emphasize * + edition empty.or.unknown + 'skip$ + { " (\bibinfo{edition}{" * edition "l" change.case$ * + "} ed.)" * } % jtb: no parens for ed. + if$ + "}" * +} + +FUNCTION { format.btitle } +{ title format.a.title.with.edition } + +FUNCTION { format.emphasize.booktitle } +{ booktitle format.a.title.with.edition } + +FUNCTION { format.city } +{ + % jtb: if the preceding string (the title of the conference) is non-empty, + % jtb: append the location, otherwise leave empty (so as to trigger the + % jtb: error message in output.check + + duplicate$ empty.or.unknown + { } + { + city empty.or.unknown + { + date empty.or.unknown + { } + { " (" * date * ")" * } + if$ + } + { + date empty.or.unknown + { " (" * city * ")" * } + { " (" * city * ", " * date * ")" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { tie.or.space.connect } +{ + duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ * * +} + +FUNCTION { either.or.check } +{ + empty.or.unknown + 'pop$ + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.bvolume } +{ + % jtb: If there is a series, this is added and the volume trails after it. + % jtb: Otherwise, "Vol" is Capitalized. + + volume empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { + series empty.or.unknown + { "Vol.~\bibinfo{volume}{" volume "}" * *} + { "\bibinfo{series}{" series "}, " * * + "Vol.~\bibinfo{volume}{" volume "}" * * *} + if$ + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.bvolume.noseries } +{ + volume empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "Vol.~\bibinfo{volume}{" volume "}" * * + "volume and number" number either.or.check + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.series } +{ + series empty.or.unknown + {""} + {" \emph{(\bibinfo{series}{" * series "})}" *} + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.number.series } +{ + volume empty.or.unknown + { + number empty.or.unknown + { + volume empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { + series empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { " (\bibinfo{series}{" series * "})" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } % { series field.or.null } + { + output.state mid.sentence = + { "Number" } % gnp - changed to mixed case always + { "Number" } + if$ + number tie.or.space.connect series empty.or.unknown + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } + { " in \bibinfo{series}{" * series * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { + "" + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { multi.page.check } +{ + 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty.or.unknown not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION { format.pages } +{ + pages empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "\bibinfo{pages}{" + pages multi.page.check + { pages n.dashify } % gnp - removed () % jtb: removed pp. + { pages } + if$ + * "}" * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.pages.check.without.articleno } +{ %% format pages field only if articleno is absent + %% Stack out: pages-specification + numpages missing$ pages missing$ and + { "page numbers missing in both pages and numpages fields in " cite$ * warning$ } + { } + if$ + + articleno empty.or.unknown eid empty.or.unknown and + { + pages missing$ + { numpages } + { format.pages } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.pages.check } +{ + pages empty.or.unknown + { "page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { pages n.dashify } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.bookpages } +{ + bookpages empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { bookpages "book pages" tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.named.pages } +{ + pages empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { format.pages "pages" tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +% +% Changed by Boris Veytsman, 2011-03-13 +% Now the word "pages" is printed even if +% there field pages is not empty. +% + +FUNCTION { format.page.count } +{ + page.count empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "\bibinfo{numpages}{" page.count * "}~pages" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.articleno.numpages } +{ + %% There are seven possible outputs, depending on which fields are set. + %% + %% These four are handled here: + %% + %% articleno, numpages, pages -> "Article articleno-value, numpages-value pages" + %% articleno, numpages -> "Article articleno-value, numpages-value pages" + %% articleno, pages -> "Article articleno-value, reduced-pages-value pages" + %% articleno -> "Article articleno-value" and warn about missing numpages + %% + %% The remaining three have already been handled by + %% format.pages.check.without.articleno: + %% + %% numpages, pages -> "pages-value" + %% numpages -> "numpages-value" + %% pages -> "pages-value" + %% + %% We no longer issue warninig when missing articleno, but having numpages + + articleno empty.or.unknown eid empty.or.unknown and + { +%% numpages empty.or.unknown +%% { } +%% { "numpages field, but no articleno or eid field, in " +%% cite$ * warning$ } +%% if$ + "" + } + { + numpages empty.or.unknown + { + pages empty.or.unknown + { + "articleno or eid, but no pages or numpages field in " + cite$ * warning$ + "" 'page.count := + } + { reduce.pages.to.page.count } + if$ + } + { numpages 'page.count := } + if$ + + %% The Article number is now handled in format.day.month.year because + %% ACM prefers the style "Digital Libraries 12, 3, Article 5 (July 2008)" + %% over "Digital Libraries 12, 3 (July 2008), Article 5" + %% format.articleno output + format.page.count + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {calc.format.page.count} +{ + numpages empty.or.unknown + { + pages empty.or.unknown + { + "" 'page.count := + } + { reduce.pages.to.page.count } + if$ + } + { numpages 'page.count := } + if$ + format.page.count +} + + +FUNCTION { journal.canon.abbrev } +{ + % Returns a canonical abbreviation for 'journal', or else 'journal' + % unchanged. + journal "ACM Computing Surveys" = { "Comput. Surveys" } { + journal "{ACM} Computing Surveys" = { "Comput. Surveys" } { + journal "ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software" = { "ACM Trans. Math. Software" } { + journal "{ACM} Transactions on Mathematical Software" = { "ACM Trans. Math. Software" } { + journal "ACM SIGNUM Newsletter" = { "ACM SIGNUM Newslett." } { + journal "ACM {SIGNUM} Newsletter" = { "ACM SIGNUM Newslett." } { + journal "{ACM} SIGNUM Newsletter" = { "ACM SIGNUM Newslett." } { + journal "{ACM} {SIGNUM} Newsletter" = { "ACM SIGNUM Newslett." } { + journal "American Journal of Sociology" = { "Amer. J. Sociology" } { + journal "American Mathematical Monthly" = { "Amer. Math. Monthly" } { + journal "American Mathematical Society Translations" = { "Amer. Math. Soc. Transl." } { + journal "Applied Mathematics and Computation" = { "Appl. Math. Comput." } { + journal "British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology" = { "Brit. J. Math. Statist. Psych." } { + journal "Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society" = { "Bull. Amer. Math. Soc." } { + journal "Canadian Mathematical Bulletin" = { "Canad. Math. Bull." } { + journal "Communications of the ACM" = { "Commun. ACM" } { + journal "Communications of the {ACM}" = { "Commun. ACM" } { + journal "Computers and Structures" = { "Comput. \& Structures" } { + journal "Contemporary Mathematics" = { "Contemp. Math." } { + journal "Crelle's Journal" = { "Crelle's J." } { + journal "Giornale di Mathematiche" = { "Giorn. Mat." } { + journal "IEEE Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems" = { "IEEE Trans. Aerospace Electron. Systems" } { + journal "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems" = { "IEEE Trans. Aerospace Electron. Systems" } { + journal "IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control" = { "IEEE Trans. Automat. Control" } { + journal "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control" = { "IEEE Trans. Automat. Control" } { + journal "IEEE Transactions on Computers" = { "IEEE Trans. Comput." } { + journal "{IEEE} Transactions on Computers" = { "IEEE Trans. Comput." } { + journal "IMA Journal of Numerical Analysis" = { "IMA J. Numer. Anal." } { + journal "{IMA} Journal of Numerical Analysis" = { "IMA J. Numer. Anal." } { + journal "Information Processing Letters" = { "Inform. Process. Lett." } { + journal "International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering" = { "Internat. J. Numer. Methods Engrg." } { + journal "International Journal of Control" = { "Internat. J. Control" } { + journal "International Journal of Supercomputing Applications" = { "Internat. J. Supercomputing Applic." } { + journal "Journal of Computational Physics" = { "J. Comput. Phys." } { + journal "Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics" = { "J. Comput. Appl. Math." } { + journal "Journal of Computer and System Sciences" = { "J. Comput. System Sci." } { + journal "Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications" = { "J. Math. Anal. Appl." } { + journal "Journal of Mathematical Physics" = { "J. Math. Phys." } { + journal "Journal of Parallel and Distributed Computing" = { "J. Parallel and Distrib. Comput." } { + journal "Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards" = { "J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards" } { + journal "Journal of VLSI and Computer Systems" = { "J. VLSI Comput. Syst." } { + journal "Journal of {VLSI} and Computer Systems" = { "J. VLSI Comput. Syst." } { + journal "Journal of the ACM" = { "J. ACM" } { + journal "Journal of the American Statistical Association" = { "J. Amer. Statist. Assoc." } { + journal "Journal of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications" = { "J. Inst. Math. Appl." } { + journal "Journal of the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics" = { "J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math." } { + journal "Journal of the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Series B, Numerical Analysis" = { "J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. Ser. B Numer. Anal." } { + journal "Linear Algebra and its Applications" = { "Linear Algebra Appl." } { + journal "Mathematica Scandinavica" = { "Math. Scand." } { + journal "Mathematical Tables and Other Aids to Computation" = { "Math. Tables Aids Comput." } { + journal "Mathematics of Computation" = { "Math. Comp." } { + journal "Mathematische Annalen" = { "Math. Ann." } { + journal "Numerische Mathematik" = { "Numer. Math." } { + journal "Pacific Journal of Mathematics" = { "Pacific J. Math." } { + journal "Parallel Computing" = { "Parallel Comput." } { + journal "Philosophical Magazine" = { "Philos. Mag." } { + journal "Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society" = { "Proc. Amer. Math. Soc." } { + journal "Proceedings of the IEEE" = { "Proc. IEEE" } { + journal "Proceedings of the {IEEE}" = { "Proc. IEEE" } { + journal "Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA" = { "Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A." } { + journal "Quarterly Journal of Mathematics, Oxford, Series (2)" = { "Quart. J. Math. Oxford Ser. (2)" } { + journal "Quarterly of Applied Mathematics" = { "Quart. Appl. Math." } { + journal "Review of the International Statisical Institute" = { "Rev. Inst. Internat. Statist." } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods" = { "SIAM J. Algebraic Discrete Methods" } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods" = { "SIAM J. Algebraic Discrete Methods" } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics" = { "SIAM J. Appl. Math." } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Applied Mathematics" = { "SIAM J. Appl. Math." } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Computing" = { "SIAM J. Comput." } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Computing" = { "SIAM J. Comput." } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications" = { "SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl." } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications" = { "SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl." } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis" = { "SIAM J. Numer. Anal." } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Numerical Analysis" = { "SIAM J. Numer. Anal." } { + journal "SIAM Journal on Scientific and Statistical Computing" = { "SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput." } { + journal "{SIAM} Journal on Scientific and Statistical Computing" = { "SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput." } { + journal "SIAM Review" = { "SIAM Rev." } { + journal "{SIAM} Review" = { "SIAM Rev." } { + journal "Software Practice and Experience" = { "Software Prac. Experience" } { + journal "Statistical Science" = { "Statist. Sci." } { + journal "The Computer Journal" = { "Comput. J." } { + journal "Transactions of the American Mathematical Society" = { "Trans. Amer. Math. Soc." } { + journal "USSR Computational Mathematics and Mathematical Physics" = { "U. S. S. R. Comput. Math. and Math. Phys." } { + journal "{USSR} Computational Mathematics and Mathematical Physics" = { "U. S. S. R. Comput. Math. and Math. Phys." } { + journal "Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Mathematik und Mechanik" = { "Z. Angew. Math. Mech." } { + journal "Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Mathematik und Physik" = { "Z. Angew. Math. Phys." } { + journal + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ + } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ } if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.journal.volume.number.day.month.year } +{ + % By Young (and Spencer) + % GNP - fixed bugs with missing volume, number, and/or pages + % + % Format journal, volume, number, pages for article types. + % + journal empty.or.unknown + { "no journal in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { "\bibinfo{journal}{" + journal.canon.abbrev emphasize * + "}" * } + if$ + + number empty.or.unknown + { + volume empty.or.unknown + { "no number and no volume in " cite$ * warning$ "" * } + { " " * " \bibinfo{volume}{" * volume * "}" * } + if$ + } + { + volume empty.or.unknown + { + "unusual to have number, but no volume, for " cite$ * warning$ + " \bibinfo{number}{" * number * "}" * + } + { " \bibinfo{volume}{" * volume * "}, \bibinfo{number}{" * + number * "}" *} + if$ + } + if$ + after.block 'output.state := + + % Sometimes proceedings are published in journals + % In this case we do not want to put year, day and month here + + type$ "inproceedings" = + { } + {format.day.month.year * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.chapter.pages } +{ + chapter empty.or.unknown + 'format.pages + { type empty.or.unknown + { "Chapter" } % gnp - changed to mixed case + { type "t" change.case$ } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.connect + pages empty.or.unknown + {"page numbers missing in " cite$ * warning$} % gnp - added check + { ", " * format.pages * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.in.emphasize.booktitle } +{ % jtb: format for collections or proceedings not appearing in a journal + booktitle empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.in.booktitle } +{ % jtb: format for proceedings appearing in a journal + booktitle empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "In \bibinfo{booktitle}{" booktitle * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.in.ed.booktitle } +{ + booktitle empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { editor empty.or.unknown + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * } + % jtb: swapped editor location + { "In " format.emphasize.booktitle * ", " * format.editors.fml * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.thesis.type } +{ % call with default type on stack top + type empty.or.unknown + 'skip$ % use default type + { + pop$ % discard default type + % NO: it is silly to have to brace protect every degree type!: type "t" change.case$ + type + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.tr.number } +{ + "\bibinfo{type}{" + type empty.or.unknown + { "{T}echnical {R}eport" } + 'type + if$ + "}" * * + number empty.or.unknown + { "t" change.case$ } + %% LOOKS BAD: { "." * number tie.or.space.connect } + %% Prefer "Research report RJ687." to "Research report. RJ687." + { number tie.or.space.connect } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.advisor } +{ + advisor empty.or.unknown + { "" } + { "Advisor(s) " advisor * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.article.crossref } +{ "See" + "\citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION { format.crossref.editor } +{ + editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + editor num.names$ duplicate$ + #2 > + { pop$ " et~al\mbox{.}" * } % jrh: avoid spacing problems + { #2 < + 'skip$ + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al\mbox{.}" * } % jrh: avoid spacing problems + { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { format.book.crossref } +{ + volume empty.or.unknown + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ + "In " + } + { "Volume" volume tie.or.space.connect % gnp - changed to mixed case + " of " * + } + if$ + editor empty.or.unknown + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = + or + { key empty.or.unknown + { series empty.or.unknown + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * + crossref * warning$ + "" * + } + { series emphasize * } + if$ + } + { key * } + if$ + } + { format.crossref.editor * } + if$ + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION { format.incoll.inproc.crossref } +{ "See" + " \citeN{" * crossref * "}" * +} + +FUNCTION { format.lab.names } +{ + % format.lab.names: + % + % determines "short" names for the abbreviated author information. + % "Long" labels are created in calc.label, using the routine my.full.label + % to format author and editor fields. + % + % There are 4 cases for labels. (n=3 in the example) + % a) one author Foo + % b) one to n Foo, Bar and Baz + % c) use of "and others" Foo, Bar et al. + % d) more than n Foo et al. + + 's := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames #2 > % change number to number of others allowed before + % forcing "et al". + { s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ " et~al\mbox{.}" * } % jrh: \mbox{} added + { + numnames #1 - 'namesleft := + #2 'nameptr := + s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr numnames = + { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = + { " et~al\mbox{.}" * } % jrh: avoid spacing problems + { " and " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + } + { ", " * s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.key.label } +{ + author empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "no key, author in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { editor.key.organization.label } +{ % added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if editor is null. + editor empty.or.unknown + { organization empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "no key, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.editor.key.label } +{ + author empty.or.unknown + { editor empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "no key, author, or editor in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.editor.key.organization.label } +{ % added - gnp. Provide label formatting by organization if author is null. + author empty.or.unknown + { editor empty.or.unknown + { organization empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "no key, author, editor or organization in " cite$ * warning$ + cite$ #1 #3 substring$ } + 'key + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor format.lab.names } + if$ + } + { author format.lab.names } + if$ +} + +% Calculate label and leave it on stack +FUNCTION { calc.basic.label } +{ + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + type$ "article" = + or + 'author.editor.key.label + { type$ "proceedings" = + type$ "periodical" = + or + 'editor.key.organization.label + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.editor.key.organization.label + 'author.key.label + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + duplicate$ + year empty.or.unknown + { "[n.d.]" } + { year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$} + if$ + * + 'basic.label.year := +} + +FUNCTION { calc.label } +{ + % Changed - GNP. See also author.editor.organization.sort, editor.organization.sort + % Form label for BibTeX entry. The classification of which fields are used + % for which type of entry (book, inbook, etc.) are taken from alpha.bst. + % The change here from newapa is to also include organization as a + % citation label if author or editor is missing. + + calc.basic.label + + author empty.or.unknown % generate the full label citation information. + { + editor empty.or.unknown + { + organization empty.or.unknown + { + key empty.or.unknown + { + "no author, editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "??" + } + { key } + if$ + } + { organization } + if$ + } + { editor my.full.label } + if$ + } + { author my.full.label } + if$ + + % leave label on the stack, to be popped when required. + + "}{" * swap$ * "}{" * + % year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * + % + % save the year for sort processing afterwards (adding a, b, c, etc.) + % + year empty.or.unknown + { "[n.d.]" } + { year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$} + if$ + 'label.year := +} + + +FUNCTION { output.bibitem } +{ + newline$ + "\bibitem[\protect\citeauthoryear{" write$ + calc.label write$ + sort.year write$ + "}]%" writeln + " {" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" writeln + "" + before.all 'output.state := +} + + +FUNCTION { output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint } +{ % enter and return with stack empty + %% We switch now from buffered output to output of complete lines, so + %% that the Issue .. URL data have their own lines, and are less likely + %% to be line-wrapped by BibTeX's short-sighted algorithm, which wraps + %% lines longer than 79 characters, backtracking to what it thinks is + %% a break point in the string. Any such wrapping MUST be undone to + %% prevent percent-newline from appearing in DOIs and URLs. The + %% output data are intentionally wrapped in \showxxx{} macros at + %% beginning of line, and that supply their own punctuation (if they + %% are not defined to suppress output entirely), to make it easier for + %% other software to recover them from .bbl files. + %% + %% It also makes it possible to later change the macro definitions + %% to suppress particular output values, or alter their appearance. + %% + %% Note that it is possible for theses, technical reports, and + %% manuals to have ISBNs, and anything that has an ISBN may also + %% have an ISSN. When there are no values for these keys, there + %% is no output generated for them here. + + "\newblock" writeln + after.block 'output.state := + + output.issue + output.isbn + output.coden % CODEN is functionally like ISSN, so output them sequentially + output.issn + output.lccn + output.doi % DOI is ALWAYS last according to CrossRef DOI documentation + output.eprint + output.url % but ACM wants URL last +} + +FUNCTION { output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note } +{ % enter with stack empty, return with empty string on stack + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint + note empty.or.unknown + { } + { + "\newblock" writeln + output.note + } + if$ + "" +} + +FUNCTION { output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note.check } +{ % enter with stack empty, return with empty string on stack + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint + note empty.or.unknown + { } + { + "\newblock" writeln + output.note.check + } + if$ + "" +} + +FUNCTION { article } +{ + output.bibitem + + author empty.or.unknown + { + editor empty.or.unknown + { "neither author and editor supplied for " cite$ * warning$ } + { format.editors "editor" output.check } + if$ + } + { format.authors "author" output.check } + if$ + + author format.no.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.articletitle "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{howpublished}{" howpublished "}" * * output } + if$ + + crossref missing$ + { format.journal.volume.number.day.month.year output} + { + "cross reference in @Article{...} is unusual" warning$ + format.article.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + + format.pages.check.without.articleno output + format.articleno.numpages output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { book } +{ + output.bibitem + author empty.or.unknown + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence % jtb: start a new sentence for series/volume + format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" bibinfo.output.check + address "address" bibinfo.output.check % jtb: require address + fin.sentence + pages empty.or.unknown + { format.bookpages } % use bookpages when pages empty + { format.pages.check "pages" tie.or.space.connect } + if$ + output + } + { new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { booklet } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors output + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + new.block + howpublished empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{howpublished}{" howpublished "}" * * output } + if$ + address output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { inbook } +{ + output.bibitem + author empty.or.unknown + { format.editors + "author and editor" output.check + } + { format.authors output.nonnull + crossref missing$ + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } + 'skip$ + if$ + } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + crossref missing$ + { new.sentence % jtb: start a new sentence for series/volume + format.bvolume output + new.block + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" bibinfo.output.check + address "address" bibinfo.output.check % jtb: require address + format.bookpages output + format.chapter.pages + "chapter and pages" output.check % jtb: moved from before publisher + } + { + format.bookpages output + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check + new.block + format.book.crossref output.nonnull + } + if$ + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { incollection } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.articletitle "title" output.check + new.block + crossref missing$ + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check + new.sentence % jtb: start a new sentence for series/volume + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + new.sentence + publisher "publisher" bibinfo.output.check + address "address" bibinfo.output.check % jtb: require address + format.bookpages output + format.chapter.pages output % gnp - was special.output.nonnull + % left out comma before page numbers + % jtb: moved from before publisher + } + { + format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.chapter.pages output + } + if$ + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { inproceedings } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.articletitle "title" output.check + howpublished empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{howpublished}{" howpublished "}" * * output.dot.space } + if$ + crossref missing$ + { + journal missing$ % jtb: proceedings appearing in journals + { format.in.emphasize.booktitle format.city "booktitle" output.check.dot.space + format.series output.removenospace + format.editors.fml output % BV 2011/09/27 Moved dot to comma + format.bvolume.noseries output + new.sentence + organization output + publisher "publisher" bibinfo.output.check % jtb: require publisher (?) + address "address" bibinfo.output.check % jtb: require address + format.bookpages output + } + { + format.in.booktitle format.city "booktitle" output.check + format.editors.fml output + new.sentence + format.journal.volume.number.day.month.year output + } + if$ + format.articleno output + format.pages.check.without.articleno output + } + { + format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull + format.articleno output + format.pages.check.without.articleno output + } + if$ + format.articleno.numpages output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { conference } { inproceedings } + +FUNCTION { manual } +{ + output.bibitem + author empty.or.unknown + { editor empty.or.unknown + { organization "organization" output.check + organization format.key output } % if all else fails, use key + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check } + if$ + } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + organization address new.block.checkb + % jtb: back to normal style: organization, address + organization "organization" output.check + address output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { mastersthesis } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title emphasize "title" output.check % NB: ACM style requires emphasized thesis title + new.block + "\bibinfo{thesistype}{Master's\ thesis}" format.thesis.type output + new.sentence + school "school" bibinfo.output.check + address empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{address}{" address * "}" * output } + if$ + new.block + format.advisor output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { misc } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + title howpublished new.block.checkb + format.title output + new.block + howpublished empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{howpublished}{" howpublished "}" * * output } + if$ + "" output.nonnull.dot.space + calc.format.page.count output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { online } { manual } + +FUNCTION { game } { manual } + +FUNCTION { artifactsoftware } { manual } + +FUNCTION { artifactdataset } { manual } + +FUNCTION { software } { manual } + +FUNCTION { dataset } { manual } + +FUNCTION { phdthesis } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title emphasize "title" output.check % NB: ACM style requires emphasized thesis title + new.block + "\bibinfo{thesistype}{Ph.D. Dissertation}" format.thesis.type output + new.sentence + school "school" bibinfo.output.check + address empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{address}{" address * "}" * output } + if$ + new.block + format.advisor output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ year empty.or.unknown + { month empty.or.unknown + { + "" % output empty date if year/month both empty + day empty.or.unknown + { } + { "there's a day but no month or year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + month + day empty.or.unknown + { } + { " " * day * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month empty.or.unknown + { + year % output only year if month empty + day empty.or.unknown + { } + { "there's a day and year but no month in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + } + { + month " " * + day empty.or.unknown + { } + { day * ", " * } + if$ + year * + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} +{ + empty.or.unknown + 'skip$ + 'new.block + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { periodical } +{ + output.bibitem + editor empty.or.unknown + { organization output } + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + new.block + output.year.check + new.sentence + format.articletitle "title" output.check + format.journal.volume.number.day.month.year output + calc.format.page.count output + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { proceedings } +{ + output.bibitem + editor empty.or.unknown + { organization output + organization format.key output } % gnp - changed from author format.key + { format.editors output.nonnull } + if$ + % author format.key output % gnp - removed (should be either + % editor or organization + output.year.check % added (newapa) + new.block + format.btitle format.city "title" output.check % jtb: added city + new.sentence + format.bvolume output + format.number.series output + new.sentence + organization output + % jtb: normal order: publisher, address + publisher empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{publisher}{" publisher * "}" * output } + if$ + address empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{address}{" address * "}" * output } + if$ + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { collection } { proceedings } + +FUNCTION { techreport } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.btitle "title" output.check + new.block +% format.tr.number output % jtb: moved month ... + format.tr.number output new.sentence % Gerry - need dot 2011/09/28 + institution "institution" bibinfo.output.check + address empty.or.unknown + { } + { "\bibinfo{address}{" address "}" * * output } + if$ + new.sentence + format.named.pages output + % ACM omits year at end in transactions style + % format.day.month.year output.nonnull.dot.space % jtb: ... to here (no parens) + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { unpublished } +{ + output.bibitem + format.authors + "author" output.check + author format.key output % added + output.year.check % added + new.block + format.title "title" output.check + fin.sentence + output.day.month.year % UTAH + calc.format.page.count output + fin.block + output.issue.doi.coden.isxn.lccn.url.eprint.note.check + fin.entry +} + +FUNCTION { default.type } { misc } + +%%% ACM journal-style month definitions: full name if 1--5 letters, else +%%% abbreviation of 3 or 4 characters and a dot + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} + +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} + +MACRO {mar} {"March"} + +MACRO {apr} {"April"} + +MACRO {may} {"May"} + +MACRO {jun} {"June"} + +MACRO {jul} {"July"} + +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} + +MACRO {sep} {"Sept."} + +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} + +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} + +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + + + +READ + +FUNCTION { sortify } +{ + purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +FUNCTION { chop.word } +{ + 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + 's + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { sort.format.names } +{ + 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + 'skip$ + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { " et~al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION { sort.format.title } +{ + 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.sort } +{ + author empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.editor.sort } +{ + author empty.or.unknown + { + editor empty.or.unknown + { + key empty.or.unknown + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { editor.organization.sort } +{ + % added - GNP. Stack editor or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). + % Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations + + editor empty.or.unknown + { organization empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { author.editor.organization.sort } +{ + % added - GNP. Stack author or organization for sorting (from alpha.bst). + % Unlike alpha.bst, we need entire names, not abbreviations + + author empty.or.unknown + { + editor empty.or.unknown + { organization empty.or.unknown + { key empty.or.unknown + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ + "" + } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { organization sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION { presort } +{ + % Presort creates the bibentry's label via a call to calc.label, and then + % sorts the entries based on entry type. Chicago.bst adds support for + % including organizations as the sort key; the following is stolen from + % alpha.bst. + + calc.label + basic.label.year + swap$ + " " + swap$ + * * + " " + * + sortify + year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + " " + * + type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + type$ "article" = + or + 'author.editor.sort + { type$ "proceedings" = + type$ "periodical" = + or + 'editor.organization.sort + { type$ "manual" = + 'author.editor.organization.sort + 'author.sort + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ % added for newapa + 'sort.label := % added for newapa + sort.label % added for newapa + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + + + +ITERATE { presort } + +SORT % by label, year, author/editor, title + +% From plainnat.bst +STRINGS { longest.label } + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width number.label } + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'longest.label.width := + #0 'last.extra.num := + #0 'number.label := +} + + + +FUNCTION { initialize.extra.label.stuff } +{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label := + "" 'next.extra := + #0 'last.extra.num := +} + +FUNCTION { forward.pass } +{ + % Pass through all entries, comparing current entry to last one. + % Need to concatenate year to the stack (done by calc.label) to determine + % if two entries are the same (see presort) + + last.label + calc.basic.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ = % are they equal? + { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := + last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label := + } + { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num := + "" 'extra.label := + calc.basic.label year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ * % add year + #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'last.label := % assign to last.label + } + if$ + number.label #1 + 'number.label := +} + +FUNCTION { reverse.pass } +{ + next.extra "b" = + { "a" 'extra.label := } + 'skip$ + if$ + label.year extra.label * 'sort.year := + extra.label 'next.extra := +} + +EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff} +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} + + +ITERATE {forward.pass} + +REVERSE {reverse.pass} + +FUNCTION { bib.sort.order } +{ + sort.label + " " + * + year field.or.null sortify + * + " " + * + title field.or.null + sort.format.title + * + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE { bib.sort.order } + +SORT % by sort.label, year, title --- giving final bib. order. + +FUNCTION { begin.bib } +{ + %% Set to #0 show 13-digit ISBN in preference to 10-digit ISBN. + %% Set to #1 to show both 10-digit and 13-digit ISBNs. + #1 'show-isbn-10-and-13 := + + "%%% -*-BibTeX-*-" writeln + "%%% Do NOT edit. File created by BibTeX with style" writeln + "%%% ACM-Reference-Format-Journals [18-Jan-2012]." writeln + "" writeln + + preamble$ empty.or.unknown + 'skip$ + { preamble$ writeln } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" number.label int.to.str$ * "}" * writeln + "" writeln + "%%% ====================================================================" writeln + "%%% NOTE TO THE USER: you can override these defaults by providing" writeln + "%%% customized versions of any of these macros before the \bibliography" writeln + "%%% command. Each of them MUST provide its own final punctuation," writeln + "%%% except for \shownote{}, \showDOI{}, and \showURL{}. The latter two" writeln + "%%% do not use final punctuation, in order to avoid confusing it with" writeln + "%%% the Web address." writeln + "%%%" writeln + "%%% To suppress output of a particular field, define its macro to expand" writeln + "%%% to an empty string, or better, \unskip, like this:" writeln + "%%%" writeln + "%%% \newcommand{\showDOI}[1]{\unskip} % LaTeX syntax" writeln + "%%%" writeln + "%%% \def \showDOI #1{\unskip} % plain TeX syntax" writeln + "%%%" writeln + "%%% ====================================================================" writeln + "" writeln + + %% ACM publications do not use CODEN, ISSN, and LCCN data, so their default + %% macro wrappers expand to \unskip, discarding their values and unwanted + %% space. + %% + %% For other publications, prior definitions like these may be useful: + %% + %% Plain TeX: + %% \def \showCODEN #1{CODEN #1.} + %% \def \showISSN #1{ISSN #1.} + %% \def \showLCCN #1{LCCN #1.} + %% + %% LaTeX: + %% \newcommand{\showCODEN}[1]{CODEN #1.} + %% \newcommand{\showISSN}[1]#1{ISSN #1.} + %% \newcommand{\showLCCN}[1]{LCCN #1.} + + "\ifx \showCODEN \undefined \def \showCODEN #1{\unskip} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \showDOI \undefined \def \showDOI #1{#1}\fi" writeln + % ACM styles omit ISBNs, but they can be included by suitable definitions of + % \showISBNx and \showISBNxiii before the .bbl file is read + "\ifx \showISBNx \undefined \def \showISBNx #1{\unskip} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \showISBNxiii \undefined \def \showISBNxiii #1{\unskip} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \showISSN \undefined \def \showISSN #1{\unskip} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \showLCCN \undefined \def \showLCCN #1{\unskip} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \shownote \undefined \def \shownote #1{#1} \fi" writeln % NB: final period supplied by add.period$ above + "\ifx \showarticletitle \undefined \def \showarticletitle #1{#1} \fi" writeln + "\ifx \showURL \undefined \def \showURL {\relax} \fi" writeln + "% The following commands are used for tagged output and should be " writeln + "% invisible to TeX" writeln + "\providecommand\bibfield[2]{#2}" writeln + "\providecommand\bibinfo[2]{#2}" writeln + "\providecommand\natexlab[1]{#1}" writeln + "\providecommand\showeprint[2][]{arXiv:#2}" writeln +} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} + +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} + +ITERATE {call.type$} + +FUNCTION { end.bib } +{ + newline$ + "\end{thebibliography}" + writeln +} + +EXECUTE {end.bib} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.cbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ec588b2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +\ProvidesFile{ACM-Reference-Format.cbx}[2017-09-27 v0.1] + +\RequireCitationStyle{numeric} + +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.dbx b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.dbx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76ff1f1759 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/ACM-Reference-Format.dbx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +% Teach biblatex about numpages field +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{numpages} +\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{numpages} + +% Teach biblatex about articleno field +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{articleno} +\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{articleno} + +% Teach biblatex about urls field +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=uri]{urls} +\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{urls} + +% Teach biblatex about school field +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=literal]{school} +\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields[thesis]{school} + +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{key} +\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{key}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/Makefile b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03cf1c0aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# +# Makefile for acmart package +# +# This file is in public domain +# +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.10 2016/04/14 21:55:57 boris Exp $ +# + +PACKAGE=acmart + + +PDF = $(PACKAGE).pdf acmguide.pdf + +all: ${PDF} ALLSAMPLES + + +%.pdf: %.dtx $(PACKAGE).cls + pdflatex $< + - bibtex $* + pdflatex $< + - makeindex -s gind.ist -o $*.ind $*.idx + - makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $*.gls $*.glo + pdflatex $< + while ( grep -q '^LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed' $*.log) \ + do pdflatex $<; done + + +acmguide.pdf: $(PACKAGE).dtx $(PACKAGE).cls + pdflatex -jobname acmguide $(PACKAGE).dtx + - bibtex acmguide + pdflatex -jobname acmguide $(PACKAGE).dtx + while ( grep -q '^LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed' acmguide.log) \ + do pdflatex -jobname acmguide $(PACKAGE).dtx; done + +%.cls: %.ins %.dtx + pdflatex $< + + +ALLSAMPLES: + cd samples; pdflatex samples.ins; cd .. + for texfile in samples/*.tex; do \ + pdffile=$${texfile/.tex/.pdf}; \ + ${MAKE} $$pdffile; \ + done + +samples/%: % + cp $^ samples + + +samples/$(PACKAGE).cls: $(PACKAGE).cls +samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst: ACM-Reference-Format.bst + +samples/%.pdf: samples/%.tex samples/$(PACKAGE).cls samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst + cd $(dir $@) && pdflatex $(notdir $<) + - cd $(dir $@) && bibtex $(notdir $(basename $<)) + cd $(dir $@) && pdflatex $(notdir $<) + cd $(dir $@) && pdflatex $(notdir $<) + while ( grep -q '^LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed' $(basename $<).log) \ + do cd $(dir $@) && pdflatex $(notdir $<); done + +samples/sample-xelatex.pdf: samples/sample-xelatex.tex samples/$(PACKAGE).cls samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst + cd $(dir $@) && xelatex $(notdir $<) + - cd $(dir $@) && bibtex $(notdir $(basename $<)) + cd $(dir $@) && xelatex $(notdir $<) + cd $(dir $@) && xelatex $(notdir $<) + while ( grep -q '^LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed' $(basename $<).log) \ + do cd $(dir $@) && xelatex $(notdir $<); done + + + +.PRECIOUS: $(PACKAGE).cfg $(PACKAGE).cls + +docclean: + $(RM) *.log *.aux \ + *.cfg *.glo *.idx *.toc \ + *.ilg *.ind *.out *.lof \ + *.lot *.bbl *.blg *.gls *.cut *.hd \ + *.dvi *.ps *.thm *.tgz *.zip *.rpi \ + samples/$(PACKAGE).cls samples/ACM-Reference-Format.bst \ + samples/*.log samples/*.aux samples/*.out \ + samples/*.bbl samples/*.blg samples/*.cut + + + +clean: docclean + $(RM) $(PACKAGE).cls \ + samples/*.tex + +distclean: clean + $(RM) *.pdf samples/sample-*.pdf + +# +# Archive for the distribution. Includes typeset documentation +# +archive: all clean + COPYFILE_DISABLE=1 tar -C .. -czvf ../$(PACKAGE).tgz --exclude '*~' --exclude '*.tgz' --exclude '*.zip' --exclude CVS --exclude '.git*' $(PACKAGE); mv ../$(PACKAGE).tgz . + +zip: all clean + zip -r $(PACKAGE).zip * -x '*~' -x '*.tgz' -x '*.zip' -x CVS -x 'CVS/*' + +documents.zip: all docclean + zip -r $@ acmart.pdf acmguide.pdf samples *.cls ACM-Reference-Format.* diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/README b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1685b99783 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/README @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +This package provides a class for typesetting publications of the +Association for Computing Machinery. + +Your TeX distribution probably includes the latest released version of +this package. If you decide to install it yourself, please see the +Installation section of the User's Guide. + +Please note that the version on Github is a development (or +experimental) version: please download it for testing new features. +The production version is the one on CTAN and ACM sites. + + +Changes + +version 1.08 SIGPLAN reformatting (Matthew Fluet); bug fixes + +version 1.09 SIGPLAN: revert caption rules (Matthew Fluet) + +version 1.10 Bug fixes + +version 1.11 Customization of ACM theorem styles and proof + environment (Matthew Fluet). + +version 1.12 Bug fixes and documentation updates. + Footnotes rearranged. + Option natbib is now mostly superfluous: the class + makes a guess based on the format chosen. + +version 1.13 Formatting changes: headers, folios etc. + Bibliography changes. + +version 1.14 Warn about undefined citation styles; move definitions + of acmauthoryear and acmnumeric citation styles before + use. + +version 1.15 New structured affiliation command. + New commands for acknowledgements. + +version 1.16 Formatting changes for headers and footers. + +version 1.17 Formatting changes for margins and lists. Bug fixes. + +version 1.18 Natbib is now the default for all versions. A unified bib + file is used for all styles. Better treatment + of multiple affiliations. + +version 1.19 Include 'Abstract', 'Acknowledgements', and 'References' + in PDF bookmarks. + +version 1.20 Bug fixes, documentation updates + +version 1.21 Bibliography changes: added arXiv, some cleanup + +version 1.22 Bibliography changes for Aptara backend; should be + invisible for the users. + +version 1.23 Added PACM PL journal option. + +version 1.24 Added IMWUT journal option. + +version 1.25 Updated PACMPL journal option. + +version 1.26 Bug fixes + +version 1.27 Bug fixes + +version 1.28 Bug fixes: natbib=false now behaves correctly. + +version 1.29 Documentation changes. Head height increased from 12pt to 13pt. + Removed spurious indent at start of abstract. + Improved kerning in CCS description list. + +version 1.30 Bibtex style now recognizes https:// in doi. + Added \frenchspacing. + \department now has an optional hierarchy level. + Switched to T1 encoding + Updated IMWUT and PACMPL + +version 1.31 Changed default year and month to the current ones + (thanks to Matteo Riondato) + Table of contents now works + Marginalia now work in all formats + New command \additionalaffiliation + Documentation changes + +version 1.32 New DOI formatting. + Format siggraph is now obsolete, and sigconf + is used instead. + New proceedings title: POMACS. + +version 1.33 New option `timestamp' (Michael D. Adams) + New option `authordraft' + Documentation updates + Bug fixes + We now use Type 1 versions of Libertine fonts even with XeTeX. + New hook acmart-preload-hook.tex (wizards only!) + Added new options `obeypunctuation' for \affiliation command + Added SubmissionID + Added right line count ruler for two-column formats + Added workaround for Adobe Acrobat bugs in selection + Added eid field to the bibliography + +version 1.34 Deleted DOI from doi numbers + Changed bibstrip formatting + The command \terms is now obsolete + The rulers in review mode now have continuous numbering + +version 1.35 Author-year bib style now uses square brackets. + Changed defaults for TOG sample + Price is suppressed for usgov and rightsretained modes. + Bugs fixed + +Version 1.36 Bug fixes + Moved PACMPL to acmlarge format + New journal: PACMHCI + Added the possibility to adjust number of author + boxes per row in conference formats + +Version 1.37 Reduce list indentation (Matthew Fluet) + +Version 1.38 Increase default font size for SIGPLAN + +Version 1.39 Added \authornotemark commmand + +Version 1.40 Bibliography changes + Added processing of one-compoment ccsdesc nodes + Bug fixes. + Made the height a multiple of \baselineskip + \topskip + Added cleveref + We no longer print street address in SIGs + +Version 1.41 Rearranged bib files + Added new badges + +Version 1.42 Deleted ACM badges + Bug fixes + +Version 1.43 Bug fixes + +Version 1.44 Bug fixes. + Empty DOI and ISBN suppress printing DOI or ISBN lines + Separated theorem code into acmthm.sty, loaded by default. + Article number can be set for proceedings. + New commands: \acmBooktile, \editor. + Reference citation format updated. + +Version 1.45 Workaround for a Libertine bug. Thanks to LianTze Lim + from Overleaf + +Version 1.46 Bug fixes for bibliography: label width is now calculated + correctly. + All PACM now use screen option. This requires etoolbox. + Added subtitle to ACM reference format. + Now acmart is compatible with fontspec. + \thanks is now obsolete. The addresses are automatically + added to the journal version; this can be overriden with + \authorsaddresses command. + Deleted the rule at the end of frontmatter for all formats. + Deleted new line before doi in the reference format. + Reintegrated theorem code into acmart.dtx (Matthew Fluet) + +Version 1.47 New journal: THRI + +Version 1.48 Bug fixes + Review mode now switches on folios + Code prettying (Michael D. Adams) + Bibliography changes: @MISC entries no longer have a + separate date + Sigch-a sample bibliography renamed + Bib code cleanup (Zack Weinberg) + Acmart and version info are added to pdfcreator tag + \citeyear no longer produces parenthetical year + Added initial support for Biblatex (Daniel Thomas) + Added support for IW3C2 conferences + +Version 1.49 New jorunal: DTRAP + +Version 1.50 Changes in iw3c2w3 and iw3c2w3g + +Version 1.51 Journal footers now use abbreviated journal titles. + Corrected the bug with acmPrice. + Do not show price when copyright is set to iw3c2w3 and iw3c2w3g. + The package now is compatible with polyglossia (Joachim Breitner). + Slightly reworded copyright statements. + +Version 1.52 Another rewording of licenses + +Version 1.53 New journals: PACMCGIT, TIOT, TDSCI + +Version 1.54 New option: 'nonacm' (Gabriel Scherer) + Deleted indent for subsubsection (suggested by Ross Moore) + Suppressed some obscurious warning in BibTeX processing + Suppressed hyperrerf warnings (Paolo G. Giarrusso) + New code for sections to help with accessibility patches + (Ross Moore) + Submission id, if present, is printed in anon mode + Bug fixes + +Version 1.55 Bug fixes + Font changes for SIGCHI table captions + +Version 1.56 Bug fixes + Added \flushbottom to two column formats (Philip Quinn) + The final punctuation for the list of concepts + is now a period instead of a semicolon (Philip Quinn) + New command \Description to describe images for visually + impaired users. + +Version 1.57 Change of \baselinestretch now produces an error + Booktabs is now always loaded + Added option `balance' to balance last page in two-column mode + E-mail is no longer split in addresses + New samples (Stephen Spencer) + +Version 1.58 Suppressed spurious warnings. + New journal: HEALTH. + TDSCI is renamed to TDS. + +Version 1.59 Now a journal format can be used for conference proceedings + All samples are now generated from the same .dtx file + Bug fixes + +version 1.60 New option: urlbreakonhyphens (thanks to Peter Kemp) + Smaller header size for acmsmall + +Version 1.61 Bug fixes + New bibtex types for artifacts + +Version 1.62 Documentation update + New journal: TELO + Bug fixes + +Version 1.63 New journals: TQUANT, FACMP + +Version 1.63a Moved TQUANT to TQC + +Version 1.64 Produce error if abstract is entered after maketitle + (previously abstract was silently dropped) + Bug fixes for line numbering
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44d499ff0a --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.bib @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +@Misc{TeXFAQ, + title = {{UK} List of {\TeX} Frequently Asked Questions}, + author = {{UK \TeX{} Users Group}}, + year = 2019, + howpublished = {\url{https://texfaq.org}} +} + +@Manual{Downes04:amsart, + title = {The \textsf{amsart}, \textsf{amsproc}, and + \textsf{amsbook} document~classes}, + author = {Michael Downes and Barbara Beeton}, + organization = {American Mathematical Society}, + year = 2004, + month = aug, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amslatex}} +} + +@Manual{Fiorio15, + title = {{a}lgorithm2e.sty---package for algorithms}, + author = {Cristophe Fiorio}, + year = 2015, + month = oct, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}} +} + +@Manual{Brito09, + title = {The algorithms bundle}, + author = {Rog\'erio Brito}, + year = 2009, + month = aug, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}} +} + +@Manual{Heinz15, + title = {The Listings Package}, + author = {Carsten Heinz and Brooks Moses and Jobst Hoffmann}, + year = 2015, + month = jun, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}} +} + +@Manual{Fear05, + title = {Publication quality tables in {\LaTeX}}, + author = {Simon Fear}, + year = 2005, + month = apr, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/booktabs}} +} + +@Manual{ACMIdentityStandards, + title = {{ACM} Visual Identity Standards}, + organization = {Association for Computing Machinery}, + year = 2007, + note = {\url{http://identitystandards.acm.org}} +} + +@Manual{Sommerfeldt13:Subcaption, + title = {The subcaption package}, + author = {Axel Sommerfeldt}, + year = 2013, + month = apr, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subcaption}} +} + +@Manual{Nomencl, + title = {A package to create a nomenclature}, + author = {Boris Veytsman and Bern Schandl and Lee Netherton + and C. V. Radhakrishnan}, + year = 2005, + month = sep, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/nomencl}} +} + +@Manual{Talbot16:Glossaries, + title = {User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.25}, + author = {Nicola L. C. Talbot}, + year = 2016, + month = jun, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subcaption}} +} + +@Manual{Carlisle04:Textcase, + title = {The \textsl{textcase} package}, + author = {David Carlisle}, + month = oct, + year = 2004, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/textcase}} +} + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.dtx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..918947f21d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,7044 @@ +% \iffalse +% +% Copyright 2016-2019, Association for Computing Machinery +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any +% later version. +% The latest version of the license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Boris Veytsman, +% <borisv@lk.net> +% +% This work consists of the file acmart.dtx, the derived file +% acmart.cls, the files ACM-Reference-Format.bst, and templates +% sample-acmlarge.tex, sample-acmsmall.tex, sample-acmtog.tex, +% samplebody-conf.tex, samplebody-journals.tex, sample-manuscript.tex, +% sample-sigchi-a.tex, sample-sigchi.tex, +% sample-sigconf-authordraft.tex, sample-sigconf.tex, +% sample-sigplan.tex +% +% \fi +% +% +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \MakeShortVerb{|} +% \def\guide{acmguide} +% \iffalse +% From +% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/117892/can-i-convert-a-string-to-catcode-11 by egreg +% \fi +% \begingroup +% \everyeof{\noexpand} +% \endlinechar=-1 +% \xdef\currentjob{\scantokens\expandafter{\jobname}} +% \endgroup +% +% \ifx\currentjob\guide\OnlyDescription\fi +% \GetFileInfo{acmart.dtx} +% \title{\LaTeX{} Class for the \emph{Association for Computing +% Machinery}\thanks{\copyright 2016--2019, Association for Computing Machinery}} +% \author{Boris Veytsman\thanks{% +% \href{mailto:borisv@lk.net}{\texttt{borisv@lk.net}}, +% \href{mailto:boris@varphi.com}{\texttt{boris@varphi.com}}}} +% \date{\filedate, \fileversion} +% \maketitle +% \begin{abstract} +% This package provides a class for typesetting publications of +% the Association for Computing Machinery. +% \end{abstract} +% \tableofcontents +% +% \clearpage +% +%\section{Introduction} +%\label{sec:intro} +% +% The Association for Computing +% Machinery\footnote{\url{http://www.acm.org/}} is the world's largest +% educational and scientific computing society, which delivers +% resources that advance computing as a science and a +% profession. It was one of the +% early adopters of \TeX\ for its typesetting. +% +% It provided several different classes for a number of journals and +% conference proceedings. Unfortunately during the years since these +% classes were written, the code was patched many times, and +% supporting different versions of the classes became difficult. +% +% This package provides the uniform interface for all ACM +% publications. It is intended to replace all the different classes and +% packages and provide an up-to-date \LaTeX\ package. +% +% This package uses only free \TeX\ packages and fonts included in \TeX +% Live, Mik\TeX\ and other popular \TeX\ distributions. It is +% intended to be published in these distributions itself, which +% minimizes users' efforts in the installation and support of this +% package. +% +% I am grateful to +% Michael D.~Adams, +% Leif Andersen, +% Lawrence Christopher Angrave, +% Dirk Beyer, +% Joachim Breitner, +% Benjamin Byholm, +% Nils Anders Danielsson, +% Michael Ekstrand, +% Matthew Fluet, +% Paolo G.~Giarrusso, +% Ben Greenman, +% Enrico Gregorio, +% Jamie Davis, +% Peter Kemp, +% Luis Leiva, +% Ben Liblit, +% Rholais Lii, +% LianTze Lim, +% Kai Mindermann, +% Frank Mittelbach, +% Serguei Mokhov, +% Ross Moore, +% John Owens, +% Joel Nider, +% Tobias Pape, +% Philip Quinn, +% Mathias Rav, +% Andreas Reichinger, +% Matteo Riondato, +% Craig Rodkin, +% Bernard Rous, +% David Shamma, +% Gabriel Scherer, +% Stephen Spencer, +% Shin Hwei Tan, +% Daniel Thomas, +% Zack Weinberg, +% John Wickerson +% and many others for their invaluable help. +% +% The development version of the package is available at +% \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart}. +% +%\section{User's guide} +%\label{sec:ug} +% +% +% This class uses many commands and customizaton options, so it might +% appear intimidating for a casual user. Do not panic! Many of these +% commands and options can be safely left with their default values +% or the values recommended by your conference or journal editors. If +% you have problems or questions, do not hesitate to ask me directly +% or the community at \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart}, +% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com} or the closest \TeX\ Users +% Group. The world-wide \TeX\ Users Group is at +% \url{https://tug.org/}; please consider joining us if you use \TeX\ +% regularly. +% +%\subsection{Installation} +%\label{sec:ug_install} +% +% Most probably, you already have this package installed in your +% favorite \TeX\ distribution; if not, you may want to upgrade. You +% may need to upgrade it anyway since this package uses a number of +% relatively recent packages, especially the ones related to fonts. +% +% The latest released version of this package can be found on CTAN: +% \url{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/acmart}. The development version can +% be found on GitHub: \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart}. +% At this address you can file a bug report---or even contribute your +% own enhancement by making a pull request. +% +% Please note that the version on Github is a development (or +% experimental) version: please download it for testing new features. +% The production version is the one on CTAN and ACM sites. +% +% Most users should not attempt to install this package themselves +% but should rather rely on their \TeX\ distributions to provide it. If you +% decide to install the package yourself, follow the standard rules: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Run |latex acmart.ins|. This will produce the file +% |acmart.cls| +% \item Put the files |acmart.cls| and |ACM-Reference-Format.bst| +% in places where \LaTeX{} can find them (see \cite{TeXFAQ} or +% the documentation for your \TeX{} system).\label{item:install} +% \item Update the database of file names. Again, see \cite{TeXFAQ} +% or the documentation for your \TeX{} system for the system-specific +% details.\label{item:update} +% \item The file |acmart.pdf| provides the documentation for the +% package. (This is probably the file you are reading now.) +% \end{enumerate} +% As an alternative to items~\ref{item:install} and~\ref{item:update} +% you can just put the files in the working directory where your +% |.tex| file is. +% +% +% This class uses a number of other packages. They are included in all +% major \TeX\ distributions (\TeX Live, Mac\TeX, Mik\TeX) of 2015 and +% later, so you probably have them installed. Just in case here is +% the list of these packages: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \textsl{amscls}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amscls} +% \item \textsl{amsfonts}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amsfonts} +% \item \textsl{amsmath}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amsmath} +% \item \textsl{binhex}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/binhex} +% \item \textsl{balance}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/balance} +% \item \textsl{booktabs}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} +% \item \textsl{caption}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/caption} +% \item \textsl{comment}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/comment} +% \item \textsl{cm-super}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/cm-super} +% \item \textsl{cmap}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/cmap} +% \item \textsl{draftwatermark}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/draftwatermark} +% \item \textsl{environ}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/environ} +% \item \textsl{etoolbox}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox} +% \item \textsl{fancyhdr}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr} +% \item \textsl{float}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float} +% \item \textsl{fontaxes}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fontaxes} +% \item \textsl{geometry}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/geometry} +% \item \textsl{graphics}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/graphics} +% \item \textsl{hyperref}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref} +% \item \textsl{ifluatex}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ifluatex} +% \item \textsl{ifxetex}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ifxetex} +% \item \textsl{inconsolata}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/inconsolata} +% \item \textsl{libertine}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/libertine} +% \item \textsl{manyfoot}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/manyfoot} +% \item \textsl{microtype}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/microtype} +% \item \textsl{mmap}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mmap} +% \item \textsl{ms}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ms} +% \item \textsl{mweights}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mweights} +% \item \textsl{natbib}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/natbib} +% \item \textsl{nccfoots}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/nccfoots} +% \item \textsl{newtx}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/newtx} +% \item \textsl{oberdiek}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek} +% \item \textsl{pdftex-def}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pdftex-def} +% \item \textsl{refcount}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/refcount} +% \item \textsl{setspace}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace} +% \item \textsl{textcase}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/textcase} +% \item \textsl{totpages}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/totpages} +% \item \textsl{trimspaces}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/trimspaces} +% \item \textsl{upquote}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/upquote} +% \item \textsl{url}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/url} +% \item \textsl{xcolor}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xcolor} +% \item \textsl{xkeyval}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xkeyval} +% \item \textsl{xstring}, \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xstring} +% \end{itemize} +% +% +%\subsection{Invocation and options} +%\label{sec:invocation} +% +% To use this class, put in the preamble of your document +% \begin{quote} +% \cs{documentclass}\oarg{options}|{acmart}| +% \end{quote} +% There are several options corresponding to the type of the document and +% its general appearance. They are described below. Generally +% speaking, the options have |key=value| forms, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \documentclass[format=acmsmall, screen=true, review=false]{acmart} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% The option |format| describes the format of the output. There are +% several possible values for this option, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \documentclass[format=acmtog]{acmart} +% \end{verbatim} +% Actually the words |format=| can be omitted, e.g., +% \begin{verbatim} +% \documentclass[acmtog, review=false]{acmart} +% \end{verbatim} +% The possible formats are listed in +% Table~\ref{tab:opts_format}. Note that formats starting with |acm| +% are intended for journals and transactions, while formats starting +% with |sig| are intended for proceedings published as books. +% +% Note that sometimes conference proceedings are published as a +% special issue (or issues) of an ACM journal. In this case, you +% should use the journal format for a conference paper. Please +% contact your conference committee if in doubt. +% +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \caption{The possible values for the \texttt{format} option} +% \label{tab:opts_format} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{>{\ttfamily}lX} +% \toprule +% \normalfont Value & Meaning\\ +% \midrule +% manuscript & A manuscript. This is the default. \\ +% acmsmall & Small single-column format. Used for CIE, CSUR, DTRAP, +% HEALTH, JACM, JDIQ, JEA, JERIC, +% JETC, PACMCGIT, PACMHCI, PACMPL, TAAS, TACCESS, TACO, +% TALG, TALLIP (formerly TALIP), TCPS, TDS, +% TEAC, TECS, TELO, THRI, TIIS, TIOT, TISSEC, TIST, TKDD, TMIS, +% TOCE, TOCHI, TOCL, +% TOCS, TOCT, TODAES, TODS, TOIS, TOIT, TOMACS, TOMM (formerly +% TOMCCAP), TOMPECS, TOMS, TOPC, TOPLAS, TOPS, +% TOS, TOSEM, TOSN, TQC, TRETS, +% TSAS, TSC, TSLP and TWEB, including special issues. \\ +% acmlarge & Large single-column format. Used for +% IMWUT, JOCCH, POMACS and TAP, including special issues. \\ +% acmtog & Large double-column format. Used for +% TOG, including annual conference Technical Papers.\\ +% sigconf & Proceedings format for most ACM +% conferences (with the exceptions listed below) and all ICPS +% volumes.\\ +% sigplan & Proceedings format for SIGPLAN conferences.\\ +% sigchi & Proceedings format for SIGCHI conferences.\\ +% sigchi-a & Format for SIGCHI extended abstracts.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% +% There are several Boolean options that can take |true| or |false| +% values. They are listed in Table~\ref{tab:opts_bool}. The words +% |=true| can be omitted when setting a Boolean option, so instead of +% |screen=true| one can write just |screen|, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \documentclass[acmsmall, screen, review]{acmart} +% \end{verbatim} +% The option |review| is useful when combined with the |manuscript| format +% option. It provides a version suitable for reviewers and +% copy editors. +% +% The default for the option |screen| depends on the publication. At +% present it is |false| for all publications \emph{but} PACM, since +% PACM is now electronic-only. Thus PACM titles~(see +% Table~\ref{tab:pubs}) set this option to |true|. In the future this +% option may involve additional features suitable for on-screen +% versions of articles. +% +% The option |natbib| is used when the corresponding +% \BibTeX\ style is based on |natbib|. In most cases you do not need +% to set it. See +% Section~\ref{sec:ug_bibliography}. +% +% The option |anonymous| is used +% for anonymous review processes and causes all author information to be +% obscured. +% +% The option |timestamp| is used to include a time stamp in the +% footer of each page. When preparing a document, this can help avoid +% confusing different revisions. The footer also includes the page range of +% the document. This helps detect missing pages in hard copies. +% +% The option |authordraft| is intended for author's drafts that are not +% intended for distribution. It typesets a copyright block to give the +% author an idea of its size and the overall size of the paper but +% overprints it with the phrase ``Unpublished working draft. Not for +% distribution.'', which is also used as a watermark. This option sets +% |timestamp| and |review| to |true|, but these can be +% overriden by setting these options to |false| \emph{after} +% setting |authordraft| to |true|. +% +% The option |balance| determines whether the last page in the two +% column mode has balanced columns. By default it is |true|; however, +% it may lead to problems for some documents. Set it to |false| if +% you encounter compilation errors. Note that for one page documents +% \cs{balance} command might cause problems. +% +% The option |urlbreakonhyphens| determines whether URLs can be split +% between lines after hyphens. By default it is true. Set it to +% |false| to disallow these breaks. +% +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \caption{Boolean options} +% \label{tab:opts_bool} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\ttfamily}lX} +% \toprule +% \normalfont Option & \normalfont Default & Meaning\\ +% \midrule +% review & false & A review version: lines are numbered and +% hyperlinks are colored\\ +% screen & {\rmfamily see text} & A screen version: +% hyperlinks are colored\\ +% natbib & true & Whether to use the |natbib| package (see +% Section~\ref{sec:ug_bibliography})\\ +% anonymous & false & Whether to make author(s) anonymous\\ +% authorversion & false & Whether to generate a special +% version for the authors' personal use or posting (see +% Section~\ref{sec:ug_topmatter})\\ +% nonacm & false & Use the class typesetting options for +% a non-ACM document, which will not include the conference/journal +% header and footers or permission statements\\ +% timestamp & false & Whether to put a time stamp in the +% footer of each page\\ +% authordraft & false & Whether author's-draft mode is enabled\\ +% acmthm & true & Whether to define theorem-like environments, see +% Section~\ref{sec:ug_theorems}\\ +% balance & true & Whether to balance the last page in two column +% mode\\ +% urlbreakonhyphens & true & Whether to break urls on hyphens\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Top matter} +%\label{sec:ug_topmatter} +% +% A number of commands set up \emph{top matter} or (in +% computer science jargon) \emph{metadata} for an article. They +% establish the publication name, article title, authors, DOI and +% other data. Some of these commands, like \cs{title} and \cs{author}, +% should be put by the authors. Others, like \cs{acmVolume} and +% \cs{acmDOI}---by the editors. Below we describe these commands and +% mention who should issue them. These macros should be used +% \emph{before} the \cs{maketitle} command. Note that in previous +% versions of ACM classes some of these commands should be used before +% \cs{maketitle}, and some after it. Now they all must be used before +% \cs{maketitle}. +% +% +% This class internally loads the |amsart| class, so many top-matter +% commands are inherited from |amsart|~\cite{Downes04:amsart}. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmJournal}% +% The macro \cs{acmJournal}\marg{shortName} sets the name of the +% journal or transaction for journals and transactions. The argument +% is the short name of the publication \emph{in uppercase}, for +% example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmJournal{TOMS} +% \end{verbatim} +% The currently recognized journals are listed in +% Table~\ref{tab:pubs}. Note that conference proceedings published in +% \emph{book} form do not set this macro. +% +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmConference}% +% The macro +% \cs{acmConference}\oarg{short name}\marg{name}\marg{date}\marg{venue} is +% used for conference proceedings published in the book form. The +% arguments are the following: +% \begin{description} +% \item[short name:] the abbreviated name of the conference (optional). +% \item[name:] the name of the conference. +% \item[date:] the date(s) of the conference. +% \item[venue:] the place of the conference. +% \end{description} +% Examples: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmConference[TD'15]{Technical Data Conference}{November +% 12--16}{Dallas, TX, USA} +% \acmConference{SA'15 Art Papers}{November 02--06, 2015}{Kobe, Japan} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmBooktitle}% +% By default we assume that conference proceedings are published +% in the book named \emph{Proceedings of \textsc{CONFERENCE}}, where +% \textsc{CONFERENCE} is the name of the conference inferred from the +% command \cs{acmConference} above. However, sometimes the book title +% is different. The command \cs{acmBooktitle} can be used to set this +% title, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmBooktitle{Companion to the first International Conference on the +% Art, Science and Engineering of Programming (Programming '17)} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% An ACM paper should have either \cs{acmJournal} or +% \cs{acmConference} command. If it has both (or more) commands, the +% last one takes precedence. Note that if you have the command +% \cs{acmConference} in a journal format like |acmsmall|, the class +% will use conference format for bibstrip and reference citation +% formatting. In the samples directory there is a file +% |sample-acmsmall-conf.tex| with the example of this usage. +% +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\editor}% +% In most cases, conference proceedings are edited. You can use the +% command \cs{editor}\marg{editor} to set the editor of the volume. +% This command can be repeated, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \editor{Jennifer B. Sartor} +% \editor{Theo D'Hondt} +% \editor{Wolfgang De Meuter} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\title}% +% The command |\title|, as in the |amsart| class, has two arguments: one +% optional, and one mandatory: +% \begin{flushleft} +% |\title[|\meta{ShortTitle}|]{|\meta{FullTitle}|}| +% \end{flushleft} +% The mandatory argument is the full title of the article. The +% optional argument, if present, defines the shorter version of the +% title for running heads. If the optional argument is absent, the +% full title is used instead. +% +% It is expected that this command is inserted by the author of the +% manuscript. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\subtitle}% +% Besides title, ACM classes allow a subtitle, set with the +% \cs{subtitle}\marg{subtitle} macro. +% +% The commands for specifying authors are highly structured. +% The reason is they serve double duty: the authors' information is +% typeset in the manuscript \emph{and} is used by the metadata +% extraction tools for indexing and cataloguing. Therefore it is very +% important to follow the guidelines exactly. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\author}% +% \DescribeMacro{\orcid} +% \DescribeMacro{\affiliation}% +% \DescribeMacro{\email}% +% The basic commands are \cs{author}, \cs{orcid} (for the researchers +% registered with ORCID, \url{http://www.orcid.org/}), \cs{affiliation} and +% \cs{email}. In the simplest case, you enter them in this order: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{...} +% \orcid{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \email{...} +% \end{verbatim} +% Do \emph{not} use the \LaTeX\ \cs{and} macro or commas, or \verb|\\| +% between the authors! Each author deserves his or +% her own \cs{author} command. An attempt to list several authors or +% their e-mails in one command leads to a warning or an error. This +% is not a bug, but the expected behavior. +% +% Note that some formats do not typset e-mails or ORCID identifiers. +% Do not worry: the metadata tools will get them. +% +% Sometimes an author has several affiliations. In this case, the +% \cs{affiliation} command should be repeated: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{...} +% \orcid{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \email{...} +% \end{verbatim} +% Similarly you can repeat the \cs{email} command. +% +% You may have several authors with the same affiliation, different +% affiliations, or overlapping affiliations (author~$A_1$ is affiliated +% with institutions $I_1$ and $I_2$, while author $A_2$ is affiliated +% with $I_2$ only, author $A_3$ is affiliated with +% $I_1$ and $I_3$, etc.). The recommended solution is to put the +% \cs{affiliation} commands after each author, possibly repeating them: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{...} +% \orcid{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \email{...} +% \author{...} +% \orcid{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \email{...} +% \author{...} +% \orcid{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \email{...} +% \end{verbatim} +% In some cases, when several authors share the same affiliation, you can +% try to save space using the format +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{...} +% \email{...} +% \author{...} +% \email{...} +% \affiliation{...} +% \end{verbatim} +% However, this format is not generally recommended. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\additionalaffiliation}% +% In some cases, too many affiliations can take too much space. The +% command \cs{additionalaffiliation}\marg{affiliation} creates a +% footnote after an author's name with the words ``Also with +% \marg{affiliation}''. You should use this command only as a last +% resort. An example of usage is: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{G. Tobin} +% \author{Ben Trovato} +% \additionalaffiliation{% +% \institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group} +% \streetaddress{1 Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Circle} +% \city{Hekla} +% \country{Iceland}} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation} +% \streetaddress{P.O. Box 1212} +% \city{Dublin} +% \state{Ohio} +% \postcode{43017-6221}} +% \end{verbatim} +% Here Trovato and Tobin share their affiliation with the Institute +% for Clarity in Documentation, but only Ben Trovato is affiliated +% with The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\position}% +% \DescribeMacro{\institution}% +% \DescribeMacro{\department}% +% \DescribeMacro{\streetaddress}% +% \DescribeMacro{\city}% +% \DescribeMacro{\state}% +% \DescribeMacro{\postcode}% +% \DescribeMacro{\country}% +% The \cs{affiliation} and \cs{additionalaffiliation} commands are +% further structured to interact with the metadata extraction tools. +% Inside these commands you should use the \cs{position}, +% \cs{institution}, \cs{department}, \cs{city}, \cs{streetaddress}, +% \cs{state}, \cs{postcode} and \cs{country} macros to indicate the +% corresponding parts of the affiliation. Note that in some cases +% (for example, journals) these parts are not printed in the resulting +% copy, but they \emph{are} necessary since they are used by the XML +% metadata extraction programs. Do \emph{not} put commas or |\\| +% between the elements of \cs{affiliation}. They will be provided +% automatically. +% +% +% An example of the author block: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{A. U. Thor} +% \orcid{1234-4564-1234-4565} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{University of New South Wales} +% \department{School of Biomedical Engineering} +% \streetaddress{Samuels Building (F25), Kensington Campus} +% \city{Sidney} +% \state{NSW} +% \postcode{2052} +% \country{Australia}} +% \email{author@nsw.au.edu} +% \author{A. N. Other} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{University of New South Wales} +% \city{Sidney} +% \state{NSW} +% \country{Australia}} +% \author{C. O. Respondent} +% \orcid{1234-4565-4564-1234} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{University of Pennsylvania} +% \city{Philadelphia} +% \state{PA} +% \country{USA}} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{University of New South Wales} +% \city{Sidney} +% \state{NSW} +% \country{Australia}} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% Note that the old ACM conference formats did not allow more than six +% authors and required some effort from authors to achieve +% alignment. The new format is much better in this. +% +% Sometimes an author works in several departments within the same +% insitution. There could be two situations: the departments are +% independent, or one department is within another. In the first +% case, just repeat the command \cs{department} several times. To +% handle the second case the command has an optional numerical +% parameter. The departments with higher numbers are higher in the +% organizational chart. Compare +% \begin{verbatim} +% \affiliation{% +% \department[0]{Department of Lunar Studies} % 0 is the default +% \department[1]{John Doe Institute} % higher than 0 +% \institution{University of San Serriffe} +% \country{San Serriffe}} +% \end{verbatim} +% and +% \begin{verbatim} +% \affiliation{% +% \department{Department of Lunar Studies} % Not in the John Doe Institute! +% \department{John Doe Institute} +% \institution{University of San Serriffe} +% \country{San Serriffe}} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% The command \cs{affiliation} formats its output according to +% American conventions. This might be wrong for some cases. +% Consider, for example, a German address. In Germany, the postcode is +% put before the city and is not separated by a comma. We can handle this +% order using +% \begin{verbatim} +% \affiliation{% +% \institution{Fluginstitut} +% \streetaddress{Sonnenallee 17} +% \postcode{123456} +% \city{Helm} +% \country{Germany}} +% \end{verbatim} +% However, the comma after the postcode is unfortunate: the address will +% be typeset (in some formats) as +% \begin{verbatim} +% Fluginstitut +% Sonenallee 17 +% 123456, Helm, Germany +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% To overcome this problem, the command \cs{affiliation} has an +% optional parameter |obeypunctuation|, which can be |false| (the +% default) or |true|. If this parameter is |true|, \cs{afffiliation} +% obeys the author's command. Thus +% \begin{verbatim} +% \affiliation[obeypunctuation=true]{% +% \institution{Fluginstitut}\\ +% \streetaddress{Sonnenallee 17}\\ +% \postcode{123456} +% \city{Helm}, +% \country{Germany}} +% \end{verbatim} +% will be typeset as +% \begin{verbatim} +% Fluginstitut +% Sonenallee 17 +% 123456 Helm, Germany +% \end{verbatim} +% +% Note that you should \emph{not} use this option for journals. +% +% It is expected that these commands are inserted by the author of the +% manuscript. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\thanks}% +% Like |amsart| (and unlike standard \LaTeX{}), we allow +% |\thanks| only \emph{outside} of the commands |\title| and |\author|. +% This command is obsolete and should \emph{not} be used in most +% cases. Do not list your acknowledgments or grant sponsors here. +% Put this information in the |acks| environment (see +% Section~\ref{sec:ug_acks}). +% +% \DescribeMacro{\authorsaddresses}% +% In some formats, addresses are printed as a footnote on the first +% page. By default \LaTeX\ typesets them itself using the information +% you give it. However, you can override its choice using the +% commmand \cs{authorsaddresses}\marg{contact addresses}, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \authorsaddresses{% +% Authors' addresses: G.~Zhou, Computer Science Department, College of +% William and Mary, 104 Jameson Rd, Williamsburg, PA 23185, US; +% V.~B\'eranger, Inria Paris-Rocquencourt, Rocquencourt, France; +% A.~Patel, Rajiv Gandhi University, Rono-Hills, Doimukh, Arunachal +% Pradesh, India; H.~Chan, Tsinghua University, 30 Shuangqing Rd, +% Haidian Qu, Beijing Shi, China; T.~Yan, Eaton Innovation Center, +% Prague, Czech Republic; T.~He, C.~Huang, J.~A.~Stankovic University +% of Virginia, School of Engineering Charlottesville, VA 22903, USA; +% T. F. Abdelzaher, (Current address) NASA Ames Research Center, +% Moffett Field, California 94035.} +% \end{verbatim} +% You can \emph{suppress} printing authors' addresses by setting them +% to an empty string: |\authorsaddresses{}|. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\titlenote}% +% \DescribeMacro{\subtitlenote}% +% \DescribeMacro{\authornote}% +% While the command \cs{thanks} generates a note without a footnote +% mark, sometimes the authors might need notes more tightly connected +% to the title, subtitle or author. The commands \cs{titlenote}, +% \cs{subtitlenote} and \cs{authornote} that follow the corresponding +% commands (\cs{title}, \cs{subtitle} and \cs{author}) generate such +% notes. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \title{This is a title} +% \titlenote{This is a titlenote} +% \author{A. U. Thor} +% \authornote{This is an authornote} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% Please never use a \cs{footnote} inside an \cs{author} or \cs{title} +% command since this confuses the metadata extraction software. (Actually +% these commands now produce errors.) +% +% \DescribeMacro{\authornotemark}% +% Sometimes one may need to have the same footnote connected to +% several authors. The command \cs{authornotemark}\oarg{number} adds +% just the footnote mark, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \author{A. U. Thor} +% \authornote{Both authors contributed equally to the paper} +% ... +% \author{A. N. Other} +% \authornotemark[1] +% \end{verbatim} +% The correct numbering of these marks is the responsibility of the +% user. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmVolume}% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmNumber}% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmArticle}% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmYear}% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmMonth}% +% The macros \cs{acmVolume}, \cs{acmNumber}, \cs{acmArticle}, +% \cs{acmYear} and \cs{acmMonth} are inserted by the editor and set +% the journal volume, issue, article number, year and month +% corrspondingly. The arguments of all these commands, including +% \cs{acmMonth}, is numerical. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmVolume{9} +% \acmNumber{4} +% \acmArticle{39} +% \acmYear{2010} +% \acmMonth{3} +% \end{verbatim} +% Note that \cs{acmArticle} is used not only for journals but also +% for some conference proceedings. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmArticleSeq}% +% The articles in the same issue of a journal have a \emph{sequence +% number}. It is used to vertically position the black blob on the first +% page of some formats. By default it is the same as the article number, +% but the command \cs{acmArticleSeq}\marg{n} can be used to change it: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmArticle{39} % The sequence number will be 39 by default +% \acmArticleSeq{5} % We redefine it to 5 +% \end{verbatim} +% Setting this number to zero suppresses the blob. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmSubmissionID}% +% If your paper got a Submission~ID from the Conference Management +% System, put it here: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmPrice}% +% The macro \cs{acmPrice}\marg{price} sets the price for the article, +% for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmPrice{25.00} +% \end{verbatim} +% Note that you do not need to put the dollar sign here, just the +% amount. By default the price is \$15.00, unless the copyright is +% set to |usgov|, |rightsretained|, |iw3c2w3|, or |iw3c2w3g|, when it +% is suppressed. Note that to override the defaults you need to set +% the price \emph{after} the \cs{setcopyright} command. Also, the +% command |\acmPrice{}| suppresses the printing of the price. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmISBN}% +% Book-like volumes have ISBN numbers attached to them. The macro +% \cs{acmISBN}\marg{ISBN} sets it. Normally it is set by the +% typesetter, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmISBN{978-1-4503-3916-2} +% \end{verbatim} +% Setting it to the empty string, as |\acmISBN{}|, suppresses printing the +% ISBN. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmDOI}% +% The macro \cs{acmDOI}\marg{DOI} sets the DOI of the article, for +% example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmDOI{10.1145/9999997.9999999} +% \end{verbatim} +% It is normally set by the typesetter. Setting it to the empty +% string, as |\acmDOI{}|, suppresses the DOI. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmBadgeR}% +% \DescribeMacro{\acmBadgeL}% +% Some conference articles get special distinctions, for example, the +% artifact evaluation for PPoPP~2016 +% (see~\url{http://ctuning.org/ae/ppopp2016.html}). These articles +% display special badges supplied by the conference organizers. This +% class provides commands to add these badges: +% \cs{acmBadgeR}\oarg{url}\marg{graphics} and +% \cs{acmBadgeL}\oarg{url}\marg{graphics}. The first command puts the +% badge to the right of the title, and the second one---to the left. +% The exception is the |sigchi-a| mode for SIGCHI extended abstracts, +% which puts the badges on the left margin. The arguments have the +% following meaning: \oarg{url}, if provided, sets the link to the +% badge authority in the screen version, while \marg{graphics} sets +% the graphics file with the badge image. The file must be a cropped +% square, which is scaled to a standard size in the output. For +% example, if the badge image is |ae-logo.pdf|, the command is +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmBadgeR[http://ctuning.org/ae/ppopp2016.html]{ae-logo} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\startPage}% +% The macro \cs{startPage}\marg{page} sets the first page of the +% article in a journal or book. It is used by the typesetter. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\terms}% +% \DescribeMacro{\keywords}% +% The command +% \cs{keywords}\marg{keyword, keyword,\ldots} sets keywords for the +% article. They must be +% separated by commas, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keywords{wireless sensor networks, media access control, +% multi-channel, radio interference, time synchronization} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \DescribeEnv{CCSXML}% +% \DescribeMacro{\ccsdesc}% +% ACM publications are classified according to the ACM Computing +% Classification Scheme (CCS). CCS codes are used both in the typeset +% version of the publications \emph{and} in the metadata in various +% databases. Therefore you need to provide both \TeX\ commands and XML +% metadata with the paper. +% +% The tool at \url{http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm} can be used to generate +% CCS codes. After you select the topics, click on ``Generate CCS +% codes'' to get results like the following: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{CCSXML} +% <ccs2012> +% <concept> +% <concept_id>10010520.10010553.10010562</concept_id> +% <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Embedded systems</concept_desc> +% <concept_significance>500</concept_significance> +% </concept> +% <concept> +% <concept_id>10010520.10010575.10010755</concept_id> +% <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Redundancy</concept_desc> +% <concept_significance>300</concept_significance> +% </concept> +% <concept> +% <concept_id>10010520.10010553.10010554</concept_id> +% <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Robotics</concept_desc> +% <concept_significance>100</concept_significance> +% </concept> +% <concept> +% <concept_id>10003033.10003083.10003095</concept_id> +% <concept_desc>Networks~Network reliability</concept_desc> +% <concept_significance>100</concept_significance> +% </concept> +% </ccs2012> +% \end{CCSXML} +% +% \ccsdesc[500]{Computer systems organization~Embedded systems} +% \ccsdesc[300]{Computer systems organization~Redundancy} +% \ccsdesc{Computer systems organization~Robotics} +% \ccsdesc[100]{Networks~Network reliability} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% You just need to copy this code and paste it in your paper anywhere +% before \verb|\maketitle|. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\setcopyright} +% There are several possibilities for the copyright of the papers +% published by the ACM: the authors may transfer the rights to the ACM, +% license them to the ACM, some or all authors might be employees of the +% US or Canadian governments, etc. Accordingly the command +% \verb|\setcopyright{...}| is introduced. Its argument is the +% copyright status of the paper, for example, +% \verb|\setcopyright{acmcopyright}|. The possible values for this +% command are listed in Table~\ref{tab:setcopyright}. This command +% must be placed in the preamble, before |\begin{document}|. +% +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \caption{Parameters for the \texttt{\textbackslash setcopyright} command} +% \label{tab:setcopyright} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX} +% \toprule +% Parameter & Meaning\\ +% \midrule +% \texttt{none} & The copyright and permission information is not +% typeset. (This is the option for some ACM conferences.) \\ +% \texttt{acmcopyright} & The authors transfer the copyright to the +% ACM (the ``traditional'' choice).\\ +% \texttt{acmlicensed} & The authors retain the copyright but +% license the publication rights to ACM\@. \\ +% \texttt{rightsretained} & The authors retain the copyright and +% publication rights to themselves or somebody else. \\ +% \texttt{usgov} & All the authors are employees of the US +% government. \\ +% \texttt{usgovmixed} & Some authors are employees of the US +% government. \\ +% \texttt{cagov} & All the authors are employees of the Canadian +% government. \\ +% \texttt{cagovmixed} & Some authors are employees of the Canadian +% government. \\ +% \texttt{licensedusgovmixed} & Some authors are employees of the US +% government, and the publication rights are licensed to ACM\@. \\ +% \texttt{licensedcagov} & All the authors are employees of the Canadian +% government, and the publication rights are licensed to ACM\@. \\ +% \texttt{licensedcagovmixed} & Some authors are employees of the +% Canadian +% government, and the publication rights are licensed to ACM\@. \\ +% \texttt{othergov} & Authors are employees of a +% government other than the US or Canada. \\ +% \texttt{licensedothergov} & Authors are employees of a +% government other than the US or Canada, and the publication rights +% are licensed to ACM\@. \\ +% \texttt{iw3c2w3} & Special statement for conferences organized +% by IW3C2.\\ +% \texttt{iw3c2w3g} & Special statement for conferences organized +% by IW3C2, when some authors are approved Google employees.\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% The ACM submission software should generate the right command for you +% to paste into your file. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\copyrightyear}% +% Each copyright statement must have the year of copyright. By +% default it is the same as \cs{acmYear}, but you can override this +% using the macro \cs{copyrightyear}, e.g., +% \begin{verbatim} +% \acmYear{2016} +% \copyrightyear{2015} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% There is a special case for a personal copy that the authors may be +% allowed to generate for their use or a posting on a personal site +% (check the instructions for the specific journal or conference for +% the details). The document option |authorversion=true| produces a +% special form of the copyright statement for this case. Note that +% you still need the \cs{setcopyright} command and (optionally) +% \cs{copyrightyear} command to tell \TeX\ about the copyright owner and +% year. Also, you should be aware that due to the different sizes of +% the permssion blocks for the printed version and authors' version, +% the page breaks might be different between them. +% +% \DescribeEnv{abstract}% +% The environment |abstract| must \emph{precede} the \cs{maketitle} +% command. Again, this is different from the standard \LaTeX. +% Putting |abstract| after \cs{maketitle} will trigger an error. +% +% +% \DescribeEnv{teaserfigure}% +% A special kind of figure is used for many two-column conference +% proceedings. This figure is placed just after the authors but +% before the main text. The environment |teaserfigure| is used for these +% figures. This environment must be used \emph{before} +% \cs{maketitle}, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{teaserfigure} +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser} +% \caption{This is a teaser} +% \label{fig:teaser} +% \end{teaserfigure} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\settopmatter}% +% Some information in the top matter is printed for certain journals +% or proceedings and suppressed for others. You can override these +% defaults using the command \cs{settopmatter}\marg{settings}. The +% settings and their meanings are listed in +% Table~\ref{tab:settopmatter}. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \settopmatter{printacmref=false, printccs=true, printfolios=true} +% \end{verbatim} +% The parameter |authorsperrow| requires some explanation. In +% conference proceedings authors' information is typeset in boxes, +% several boxes per row (see |sample-sigconf.pdf|, +% |sample-sigplan.pdf|, etc.). The number of boxes per row is +% determined automatically. If you want to override this, +% you can do it using this parameter, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \settopmatter{authorsperrow=4} +% \end{verbatim} +% However, in most cases you should \emph{not} do this and should use the +% default settings. Setting |authorsperrow| to $0$ will revert it to the +% default settings. +% +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \caption{Settings for the \cs{settopmatter} command} +% \label{tab:settopmatter} +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{llX} +% \toprule +% Parameter & Values & Meaning\\ +% \midrule +% |printccs| & true/false & Whether to print CCS categories\\ +% |printacmref| & true/false & Whether to print the ACM bibliographic +% entry\\ +% |printfolios| & true/false & Whether to print page numbers +% (folios)\\ +% |authorsperrow| & numeric & Number of authors per row for the title +% page in +% conference proceedings formats\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \end{table} +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\received}% +% The command \cs{received}\oarg{stage}\marg{date} sets the history of +% the publication. The~\oarg{stage} argument is optional; the default +% is |Received| for the first date and |revised| for the subsequent +% ones. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \received{February 2007} +% \received[revised]{March 2009} +% \received[accepted]{June 2009} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\maketitle}% +% The macro \cs{maketitle} must be the last command in the top-matter +% group. That is it must follow the commands defined in this section. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\shortauthors}% +% \emph{After} the command \cs{maketitle}, the macro \cs{shortauthors} +% stores the names of the authors for the running head. You can +% redefine it if the list of author's name is too long, e.g., +% \begin{verbatim} +% \maketitle +% \renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Zhou et al.} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +%\subsection{Algorithms} +%\label{sec:ug_algorithms} +% +% There are now several good packages for typesetting +% algorithms~\cite{Fiorio15, Brito09, Heinz15}, and the authors are +% free to choose their favorite one. +% +% +% +%\subsection{Figures and tables} +%\label{sec:ug_floats} +% +% The new ACM styles use the standard \LaTeX\ interface for figures and +% tables. There are some important items to be aware of, however. +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The captions for figures must be entered \emph{after} the +% figure bodies and for tables \emph{before} the table bodies. +% \item The ACM uses the standard types for figures and tables and adds +% several new ones. In total there are the following types: +% \begin{description} +% \item[figure, table:] a standard figure or table taking a full text +% width in one-column formats and one column width in two-column formats. +% \item[figure*, table*] in two-column formats, a special figure or +% table taking a full text width. +% \item[teaserfigure:] a special figure before \cs{maketitle}. +% \item[sidebar, marginfigure, margintable:] in the |sigchi-a| format, +% special sidebars, tables and figures in the margin. +% \end{description} +% +% \item Accordingly, when scaling images, one should use the +% following sizes: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item For |teaserfigure|, |figure| in one-column mode or |figure*| in +% two-column mode, use \cs{textwidth}. In one-column mode, you can also +% use \cs{columnwidth}, which coincides with \cs{textwidth} in this +% case. +% \item For |figure| in two-column mode, use \cs{columnwidth}. +% \item For |marginfigure|, use \cs{marginparwidth}. +% \item For |figure*| in SIGCHI extended +% abstracts, use \cs{fulltextwidth}. +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \end{enumerate} +% +% It is strongly recommended to use the package |booktabs|~\cite{Fear05} +% and follow its main principles of typography with respect to tables: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Never, ever use vertical rules. +% \item Never use double rules. +% \end{enumerate} +% It is also a good idea not to overuse horizontal rules. +% +% For table \emph{footnotes} you have several options described in the TeX +% FAQ~\cite{TeXFAQ}. The simplest one is to use a \cs{minipage} +% environment: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{table} +% \caption{Simulation Configuration} +% \label{tab:conf} +% \begin{minipage}{\columnwidth} +% \begin{center} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \toprule +% TERRAIN\footnote{This is a table footnote. This is a +% table footnote. This is a table footnote.} & +% (200\,m$\times$200\,m) Square\\ +% Node Number & 289\\ +% Node Placement & Uniform\\ +% Application & Many-to-Many/Gossip CBR Streams\\ +% Payload Size & 32 bytes\\ +% Routing Layer & GF\\ +% MAC Layer & CSMA/MMSN\\ +% Radio Layer & RADIO-ACCNOISE\\ +% Radio Bandwidth & 250Kbps\\ +% Radio Range & 20m--45m\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \end{center} +% \bigskip +% \footnotesize\emph{Source:} This is a table +% sourcenote. This is a table sourcenote. This is a table +% sourcenote. +% +% \emph{Note:} This is a table footnote. +% \end{minipage} +% \end{table} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \DescribeEnv{sidebar}% +% \DescribeEnv{marginfigure}% +% \DescribeEnv{margintable}% +% SIGCHI extended abstracts use margin space extensively. This package +% provides three environments for this with optional captions: +% \begin{description} +% \item[sidebar:] textual information in the margin +% \item[marginfigure:] a figure in the margin +% \item[margintable:] a table in the margin +% \end{description} +% +% +% Tables and figures (including margin tables and margin figures) are +% by default centered. However, in some cases (for example, when you +% use several subimages per figure) you may need to override this. +% A good way to do so is to put the contents into a +% \cs{minipage} of the width \cs{columnwidth}. +% +% +%\subsection{Descriptions of images} +%\label{sec:descriptions} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\Description}% +% Some readers of ACM publications might be visually challenged. +% These readers might use a voice-over software to read aloud the +% papers. It is important to provide them a description of each +% image used in the paper. +% +% The command \cs{Description}\oarg{short description}\marg{long +% description} should be placed inside every \texttt{figure}, +% \texttt{teaserfigure} or \texttt{marginfigure} environment to +% provide a description of the image(s) used in the figure. Unlike +% \cs{caption}, which is used alongside the image, \cs{Description} is +% intended to be used instead of the image, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \includegraphics{voltage} +% \Description{A bell-like histogram centered at $0.5$~V with most +% measurements between $0.2$~V and $0.8$~V} +% \caption{Histogram of the measurements of voltage} +% \label{fig:voltage} +% \end{figure} +% \end{verbatim} +% At present the lack of descriptions generates a warning at +% compilation. +% +%\subsection{Theorems} +%\label{sec:ug_theorems} +% +% The ACM classes define two theorem styles and several pre-defined +% theorem environments: +% \begin{description} +% \item[acmplain:] this is the style used for +% |theorem|, +% |conjecture|, +% |proposition|, +% |lemma| and +% |corollary|, and +% \item[acmdefinition:] this is the style used for +% |example| and +% |definition|. +% \end{description} +% +% +% These environments are defined by default. In the unusual +% circumstance that a user does not wish to have these environments +% defined, the option |acmthm=false| in the preamble will suppress +% them. +% +%\subsection{Online-only and offline-only material} +%\label{sec:ug_screen} +% +% \DescribeEnv{printonly}% +% \DescribeEnv{screenonly}% +% Some supplementary material in ACM publications is put online but +% not in the printed version. The text inside the environment +% |screenonly| will be typeset only when the option |screen| (see +% Section~\ref{sec:invocation}) is set to |true|. Conversely, the +% text inside the environment |printonly| is typset only when this +% option is set to |false|. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \section{Supplementary materials} +% +% \begin{printonly} +% Supplementary materials are available in the online version of this paper. +% \end{printonly} +% +% \begin{screenonly} +% (The actual supplementary materials.) +% \end{screenonly} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% We use the |comment| package for typesetting this code, so +% |\begin| and |\end| should start on a line of their own with +% no leading or trailing spaces. +% +%\subsection{Note about anonymous mode} +%\label{sec:ug_anonymous} +% +% \DescribeEnv{anonsuppress}% +% When the option |anonymous| is selected, \TeX\ suppresses author +% information (including the number of authors) for a blind review. +% However, sometimes the information identifying the authors may be +% present in the body of the paper. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{anonsuppress} +% This is the continuation of the previous work by the author +% \cite{prev1, prev2}. +% \end{anonsuppress} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% As for the |printonly| and |screenonly| environments, +% |\begin{anonsuppress}| and |\end{anonsuppress}| should start on a +% line of their own with no leading or trailing spaces. +% +%\subsection{Acknowledgments} +%\label{sec:ug_acks} +% +% The traditional ``Acknowledgments'' section is conventionally used +% to thank persons and granting agencies for their help and support. +% However, there are several important considerations about this +% section. +% +% First, in anonymous mode this section must be omitted: it gives +% too much information to reviewers. Second, data about +% grants is extracted and stored separately by the postprocessing +% software. ACM classes provide facilities for both these tasks. +% +% \DescribeEnv{acks}% +% The environment |acks| starts an unnumbered section +% ``Acknowledgments'' unless the anonymous mode is chosen. Put all +% thanks inside this environment. +% +% As for the |printonly| and |screenonly| environments, +% |\begin{acks}| and |\end{acks}| should start on a +% line of their own with no leading or trailing spaces. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\grantsponsor}% +% \DescribeMacro{\grantnum}% +% All financial support \emph{must} be listed using the commands +% \cs{grantsponsor} and \cs{grantnum}. These commands tell the +% postprocessing software about the granting organization and +% grant. The format of these commands is the following: +% \begin{quote} +% \cs{grantsponsor}\marg{sponsorID}\marg{name}\marg{url}\\ +% \cs{grantnum}\oarg{url}\marg{sponsorID}\marg{number}. +% \end{quote} +% Here \marg{sponsorID} is the unique ID used to match grants to +% sponsors, \marg{name} is the name of the sponsor, \marg{url} is its +% URL, and \marg{number} is the grant number. The \marg{sponsorID} of +% the \cs{grantnum} command must correspond to the \marg{sponsorID} of a +% \cs{grantsponsor} command. Some awards have their own web pages, +% which you can include using the optional argument of the \cs{grantnum} +% command. +% +% At present \marg{sponsorID} is chosen by the authors and can be an +% arbitrary key in the same way the label of a \cs{cite} is arbitrarily +% chosen. There might be a change to this policy if the ACM decides to +% create a global database of sponsoring organizations. +% +% Example: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \begin{acks} +% The authors would like to thank Dr. Yuhua Li for providing the +% matlab code of the \textit{BEPS} method. +% +% The authors would also like to thank the anonymous referees for +% their valuable comments and helpful suggestions. This work is +% supported by the \grantsponsor{GS501100001809}{National Natural +% Science Foundation of +% China}{https://doi.org/10.13039/501100001809} under Grant +% No.:~\grantnum{GS501100001809}{61273304} +% and~\grantnum[http://www.nnsf.cn/youngscientists]{GS501100001809}{Young +% Scientists' Support Program}. +% \end{acks} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +%\subsection{Bibliography} +%\label{sec:ug_bibliography} +% +% The ACM uses the |natbib| package for formatting references and +% the Bib\TeX\ style file \path{ACM-Reference-Format.bst} for Bib\TeX\ +% processing. You can disable loading of |natbib| using the +% option |natbib=false| in \cs{documentclass}. However, it is not +% recommended, as well as the use of Bib\TeX\ styles other than +% \path{ACM-Reference-Format.bst}, and may delay the processing of the +% manuscript. +% +% +% \DescribeMacro{\citestyle}% +% If you use |natbib|, you can select one of two predefined citation +% styles using the command \cs{citestyle}: the author-year format +% |acmauthoryear| or the numeric format |acmnumeric|. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \citestyle{acmauthoryear} +% \end{verbatim} +% Note that numeric citations are the default mode for most formats. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\setcitestyle}% +% You can further customize |natbib| using +% the \cs{setcitestyle} command, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \setcitestyle{numbers,sort&compress} +% \end{verbatim} +% +% One of the more common versions is +% \begin{verbatim} +% \setcitestyle{nosort} +% \end{verbatim} +% It is useful if you do not like the way |natbib| sorts citation +% lists. +% +% If you use |natbib|, then commands like \cs{citep} and +% \cs{citeauthor} are automatically supported. The command +% \cs{shortcite} is the same as \cs{cite} in numerical mode and cites +% the year in author-date mode. +% +% Note that before version~1.48 the command \cs{citeyear} put the year +% in parentheses. In version~1.48 and later it produces just the +% year; the command \cs{citeyearpar} can be used to emulate its old +% behavior. +% +% There are several customized \BibTeX\ entry types and fields in the ACM +% style file \path{ACM-Reference-Format.bst} that you may want to be +% aware of. +% +% The style supports the fields \path{doi} and \path{url}, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% doi = "10.1145/1188913.1188915", +% url = "http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/bayes/bayes.pdf", +% \end{verbatim} +% +% The style supports the arXiv-recommended fields \path{eprint} and +% (optionally) \path{primaryclass}, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% eprint = "960935712", +% primaryclass = "cs", +% \end{verbatim} +% See the examples at \url{http://arxiv.org/hypertex/bibstyles/}. +% +% There are several special entry types. Types \path{online} and +% \path{game} are used for Web pages and games, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% @online{Thornburg01, +% author = "Harry Thornburg", +% year = "2001", +% title = "Introduction to Bayesian Statistics", +% url = "http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/bayes/bayes.html", +% month = mar, +% lastaccessed = "March 2, 2005", +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% Entry types \path{artifactsoftware}, \path{artifactdataset} +% (with synonyms \path{software} and \path{dataset}) can be used to +% cite software artifacts and datasets, for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% @ArtifactSoftware{R, +% title = {R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing}, +% author = {{R Core Team}}, +% organization = {R Foundation for Statistical Computing}, +% address = {Vienna, Austria}, +% year = {2019}, +% url = {https://www.R-project.org/}, +%} +% @ArtifactDataset{UMassCitations, +% author = {Sam Anzaroot and Andrew McCallum}, +% title = {{UMass} Citation Field Extraction Dataset}, +% year = 2013, +% url = +% {http://www.iesl.cs.umass.edu/data/data-umasscitationfield}, +% lastaccessed = {May 27, 2019} +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% For these entry types you can use the \path{lastaccessed} field to add +% the access date for the URL. +% +% +% +% There are two ways to enter video or audio sources in the +% bibliograpy corresponding to two different possibilies. For +% standalone sources available online, you can use an \path{online} +% entry and set its \path{howpublished} field. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% @online{Obama08, +% author = "Barack Obama", +% year = "2008", +% title = "A more perfect union", +% howpublished = "Video", +% day = "5", +% url = "http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6528042696351994555", +% month = mar, +% lastaccessed = "March 21, 2008", +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% For sources available as attachments to conference proceedings +% and similar documents, you can use the usual \path{inproceedings} +% entry type and set its \path{howpublished} field: +% \begin{verbatim} +% @Inproceedings{Novak03, +% author = "Dave Novak", +% title = "Solder man", +% booktitle = "ACM SIGGRAPH 2003 Video Review on Animation theater Program", +% year = "2003", +% publisher = "ACM Press", +% address = "New York, NY", +% pages = "4", +% month = "March 21, 2008", +% doi = "10.9999/woot07-S422", +% howpublished = "Video", +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% Sometimes you need to cite a complete issue of a journal. The +% \path{periodical} entry type is intended for this: +% \begin{verbatim} +% @periodical{JCohen96, +% key = "Cohen", +% editor = "Jacques Cohen", +% title = "Special issue: Digital Libraries", +% journal = "Communications of the {ACM}", +% volume = "39", +% number = "11", +% month = nov, +% year = "1996", +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% If you do not know the year of publication, the style will add +% ``[n.\,d.]'' (for ``no date'') to the entry. +% +% If you do not know the author (this is often the case for online +% entries), use the |key| field to add a key for sorting and citations, +% for example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% @online{TUGInstmem, +% key = {TUG}, +% year = 2017, +% title = "Institutional members of the {\TeX} Users Group", +% url = "http://wwtug.org/instmem.html", +% lastaccessed = "May 27, 2017", +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% A note about sorting. The current ACM bibliography styles always +% sort the entries according to authors names and publication year. +% There is a controversy about sorting names with ``von'' or ``van'' +% part: should Ludwig van Beethoven be sorted under ``V'' or under +% ``B''? The American practice is to use ``van'' in sorting, i.e. to +% file van Beethoven under ``V''. However, some authorities recommend +% to sort Dutch persons according to their last names (see +% e.g. \url{https://www.ifla.org/files/assets/cataloguing/pubs/names-of-persons_1996.pdf}). +% While I do not want to take a part in this dispute, I would like to +% point to the old ``noopsort'' trick by Oren Patashnik. Add to the +% \texttt{.bib} file the line +% \begin{verbatim} +% @PREAMBLE{"\providecommand{\noopsort}[1]{}"} +% \end{verbatim} +% and then encode the author as +% \begin{verbatim} +% author = {Ludwig {\noopsort{Beethoven}}van Beethoven}, +% \end{verbatim} +% This will make the author to be sorted as ``Beethoven'' rather than +% ``van Beethoven''. +% +%\subsection{Colors} +%\label{sec:ug_colors} +% +% While printed ACM publications are usually black and white, |screen| +% mode allows the use of colors. The ACM classes pre-define several +% colors according to~\cite{ACMIdentityStandards}: |ACMBlue|, +% |ACMYellow|, |ACMOrange|, |ACMRed|, |ACMLightBlue|, |ACMGreen|, +% |ACMPurple| and |ACMDarkBlue|. You can use them in color +% assignments. +% +% The ACM provides the following recommendation on color use. +% +% The most accessible approach would be to ensure that your article is +% still readable when printed in greyscale. The most notable reasons +% for this are: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The most common type of inherited Color Vision Deficiency +% (CVD) is red-green (in which similar-brightness colors that differ +% only in their amounts of red or green are often confused), and it +% affects up to 8\% of males and 0.5\% of females of Northern European +% descent. +% \item The most common type of acquired Color Vision Deficiency (CVD) +% is blue-yellow (including mild cases for many older adults). +% \item Most printing is in black and white. +% \item Situational impairments (e.g., bright sunlight shining on a +% mobile screen) tend to reduce the entire color gamut, reducing color +% discriminability. +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \textbf{Note:} It is \emph{not} safe to encode information using +% only variations in color (i.e., only differences in hue and/or +% saturation) as there is bound to be someone affected! +% +% To ensure that you are using the most accessible colors, the ACM +% recommends that you choose sets of colors to help ensure suitable +% variations in when printed in greyscale by using either of the following tools: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item ColourBrewer: \url{http://colorbrewer2.org/} +% \item ACE: The Accessible Colour Evaluator: +% \url{http://daprlab.com/ace/} for designing WCAG 2.0 compliant +% palettes. +% \end{enumerate} +% +% +%\subsection{Other notable packages and typographic remarks} +%\label{sec:ug_other} +% +% Several other packages are recommended for specialized tasks. +% +% The package |subcaption|~\cite{Sommerfeldt13:Subcaption} is +% recommended for complex figures with several subplots or subfigures +% that require separate subcaptioning. The packages +% |nomencl|~\cite{Nomencl} and +% |glossaries|~\cite{Talbot16:Glossaries} can be used for the +% automatic creation of the lists of symbols and concepts used. +% +% +% By default |acmart| prevents all widows and orphans (i.e., lonely +% lines at the beginning or end of the page) and hyphenation at +% the end of the page. This is done by the rather strict settings +% \begin{verbatim} +% \widowpenalty=10000 +% \clubpenalty=10000 +% \brokenpenalty=10000 +% \end{verbatim} +% However, this may lead to frustrating results when the authors must +% obey a page limit. Setting these penalties to smaller values may +% help if you absolutely need to. +% +% Another problem might be the too strict line breaking rules. Again, +% a strategically placed \cs{sloppy} command or putting the +% problematic paragraph inside \texttt{sloppypar} environment might +% help---but beware, the results might be, well, sloppy. +% +% Note that the uppercasing in section titles is done using +% the |textcase| package~\cite{Carlisle04:Textcase}, so the command +% \cs{NoCaseChange} inside the title may help to prevent extraneous +% uppercasing. +% +% +% +%\subsection{Disabled or forbidden commands} +%\label{sec:ug_disabled} +% +% The goal of |acmart| package is to provide a uniform look and feel +% for ACM publications. Accordingly, a number of commands is +% forbidden or disabled in |acmart|. +% +% You may \emph{not} put several authors or several e-mails into a +% \cs{author} or \cs{email} command. This may lead to errors or +% warning. +% +% You cannot change \cs{baselinestretch} in your document: this +% produces an error. +% +% You should not abuse the command \cs{vspace}: this command may +% disturb the typesetting of ACM papers. +% +%\subsection{A note for wizards: \texttt{acmart-preload-hook.tex}} +%\label{sec:ug_preload} +% +% Sometimes you need to change the behavior of |acmart|. The +% usual way to do this is to redefine commands in the preamble. +% However, these definitions are executed \emph{after} |acmart| is +% loaded and certain decisions are made. This presents a number of +% problems. +% +% For example, one may want to use the |titletoc| package with |acmart|. +% This package should be loaded before |hyperref|. However, since +% |acmart| loads |hyperref| itself, the line |\usepackage{titletoc}| +% in the preamble will lead to grief (see +% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/357265/using-titletoc-with-acm-acmart-style}). +% +% Another example is passing options to a package. Suppose you want to +% use the |dvipsnames| option of the |xcolor| package. Normally you cannot do +% this because |acmart| loads this package itself without options. +% +% The file |acmart-preload-hook.tex| can be used to solve these +% problems. If this file exists, it will be processed before any other +% package. You can use this file to load packages or pass options to +% them. For example, if you put in this file +% \begin{verbatim} +% \let\LoadClassOrig\LoadClass +% \renewcommand\LoadClass[2][]{\LoadClassOrig[#1]{#2}% +% \usepackage{titletoc}} +% \end{verbatim} +% then |titletoc| will be loaded before |hyperref|. If you put in +% this file +% \begin{verbatim} +% \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames}{xcolor} +% \end{verbatim} +% you will pass |dvipsnames| to |xcolor|. +% +% \textbf{Important note.} This hook makes it too easy to create a +% manuscript that is not acceptable by the ACM. It is even easier to +% create a file that cannot be compiled. So please do not use it +% \emph{unless you know what you are doing.} And if you use it, +% \emph{do not ask for support.} If you decide to use this hook, you +% are on your own. +% +% +%\subsection{Currently supported publications} +%\label{sec:pubs} +% +%\bgroup\centering +% \begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}p{0.2\textwidth}@{}p{0.8\textwidth}} +% \caption{ACM publications and arguments of the \cs{acmJournal} +% command} +% \label{tab:pubs}\\ +% \toprule +% \normalfont Abbreviation & Publication \\ +% \midrule +% \endfirsthead +% \caption[]{ACM publications and arguments of the \cs{acmJournal} +% command (continued)}\\ +% \toprule +% \normalfont Abbreviation & Publication \\ +% \midrule +% \endhead +% \bottomrule +% \endfoot +% CIE & ACM Computers in Entertainment \\ +% CSUR & ACM Computing Surveys\\ +% DTRAP & Digital Threats: Research and Practice\\ +% HEALTH & ACM Transactions on Computing for Healthcare\\ +% IMWUT & PACM on Interactive, Mobile, Wearable and Ubiquitous +% Technologies\\ +% JACM & Journal of the ACM \\ +% JDIQ & ACM Journal of Data and Information Quality \\ +% JEA & ACM Journal of Experimental Algorithmics \\ +% JERIC & ACM Journal of Educational Resources in Computing\\ +% JETC & ACM Journal on Emerging Technologies in Computing Systems \\ +% JOCCH & ACM Journal on Computing and Cultural Heritage \\ +% PACMCGIT & Proceedings of the ACM on Computer Graphics and +% Interactive Techniques\\ +% PACMHCI & PACM on Human-Computer Interaction\\ +% PACMPL & PACM on Programming Languages \\ +% POMACS & PACM on Measurement and Analysis of Computing Systems \\ +% TAAS & ACM Transactions on Autonomous and Adaptive Systems\\ +% TACCESS & ACM Transactions on Accessible Computing\\ +% TACO & ACM Transactions on Architecture and Code Optimization \\ +% TALG & ACM Transactions on Algorithms \\ +% TALLIP & ACM Transactions on Asian and Low-Resource Language +% Information Processing\\ +% TAP & ACM Transactions on Applied Perception \\ +% TCPS & ACM Transactions on Cyber-Physical Systems\\ +% TDS & ACM Transactions on Data Science\\ +% TEAC & ACM Transactions on Economics and Computation\\ +% TECS & ACM Transactions on Embedded Computing Systems \\ +% TELO & ACM Transactions on Evolutionary Learning \\ +% THRI & ACM Transactions on Human-Robot Interaction\\ +% TIIS & ACM Transactions on Interactive Intelligent Systems\\ +% TIOT & ACM Transactions on Internet of Things \\ +% TISSEC & ACM Transactions on Information and System Security\\ +% TIST & ACM Transactions on Intelligent Systems and Technology \\ +% TKDD & ACM Transactions on Knowledge Discovery from Data\\ +% TMIS & ACM Transactions on Management Information Systems\\ +% TOCE & ACM Transactions on Computing Education\\ +% TOCHI & ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction\\ +% TOCL & ACM Transactions on Computational Logic\\ +% TOCS & ACM Transactions on Computer Systems \\ +% TOCT & ACM Transactions on Computation Theory \\ +% TODAES & ACM Transactions on Design Automation of Electronic Systems\\ +% TODS & ACM Transactions on Database Systems\\ +% TOG & ACM Transactions on Graphics\\ +% TOIS & ACM Transactions on Information Systems\\ +% TOIT & ACM Transactions on Internet Technology\\ +% TOMACS & ACM Transactions on Modeling and Computer Simulation \\ +% TOMM & ACM Transactions on Multimedia Computing, Communications +% and Applications \\ +% TOMPECS & ACM Transactions on Modeling and Performance Evaluation +% of Computing Systems\\ +% TOMS & ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software\\ +% TOPC & ACM Transactions on Parallel Computing\\ +% TOPLAS & ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems\\ +% TOPS & ACM Transactions on Privacy and Security\\ +% TOS & ACM Transactions on Storage\\ +% TOSEM & ACM Transactions on Software Engineering and Methodology\\ +% TOSN & ACM Transactions on Sensor Networks\\ +% TQC & ACM Transactions on Quantum Computing\\ +% TRETS & ACM Transactions on Reconfigurable Technology and Systems\\ +% TSAS & ACM Transactions on Spatial Algorithms and Systems\\ +% TSC & ACM Transactions on Social Computing\\ +% TSLP & ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing \\ +% TWEB & ACM Transactions on the Web\\ +% \end{longtable} +%\egroup +% +% Besides the publications listed in Table~\ref{tab:pubs}, there is a +% special ``publication'' type FACMP, a forthcoming ACM publication, +% reserved for new journals which are not assigned an ISSN yet. +% +% \StopEventually{ +% \clearpage +% \bibliography{acmart} +% \bibliographystyle{unsrt}} +% +% \clearpage +% +% +%\section{Implementation} +%\label{sec:impl} +% +%\subsection{Identification} +%\label{sec:ident} +% +% We start with a declaration of who we are. Most |.dtx| files put +% driver code in a separate~|.drv| driver file. We roll this code into the +% main file and use the pseudo-guard |<gobble>| for it. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +%<*gobble> +\ProvidesFile{acmart.dtx} +%</gobble> +%<class>\ProvidesClass{acmart} +[2019/08/24 v1.64 Typesetting articles for the Association for Computing Machinery] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.00}{2016/04/14}{First released version} +% \changes{v1.01}{2016/04/18}{Defined ACM colors} +% \changes{v1.01}{2016/04/18}{Changed hyperref colors in screen mode +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/1})} +% \changes{v1.01}{2016/04/18}{Set headheight to 1pc for all formats +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/5})} +% \changes{v1.02}{2016/04/21}{Documentation changes +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/13})} +% \changes{v1.02}{2016/04/21}{Added TOPS and TSC +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/12})} +% \changes{v1.03}{2016/04/22}{Added authorversion option +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/9})} +% \changes{v1.03}{2016/04/22}{Added anonsuppress environment} +% \changes{v1.04}{2016/04/26}{Updated bibliography for siggraph} +% \changes{v1.05}{2016/04/27}{Patched \cs{setcitestyle} command; +% closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/19}} +% \changes{v1.05}{2016/04/27}{Added processing doi numbers for +% acmsiggraph and doi numbers for sigproc.bib} +% \changes{v1.08}{2016/05/13}{SIGPLAN reformatting by Matthew Fluet} +% \changes{v1.08}{2016/05/13}{Typos corrected (Tobias Pape)} +% \changes{v1.09}{2016/05/18}{Revert SIGPLAN caption rules} +% \changes{v1.11}{2016/05/27}{Customization of ACM theorem styles and +% proof environment by Matthew Fluet} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Documentation updates} +% \changes{v1.14}{2016/06/09}{\cs{citestyle} updates (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.16}{2016/07/07}{Formatting header/footer (Matthew +% Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.18}{2016/07/10}{Natbib is now the default for all +% formats} +% \changes{v1.19}{2016/07/28}{Include 'Abstract', 'Acknowledgements', +% and 'References' in PDF bookmarks (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.20}{2016/08/06}{Bug fixes for bst} +% \changes{v1.22}{2016/09/25}{More bibliography changes for Aptara} +% \changes{v1.23}{2016/11/04}{Add PACMPL journal option} +% \changes{v1.26}{2016/12/24}{Corrected \cs{shortcite} bug} +% \changes{v1.26}{2016/12/24}{Documentation typos fixed (thanks to +% Stephen Spencer)} +% \changes{v1.30}{2017/02/04}{Bibtex style now recognizes https:// in +% doi} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Documentation changes} +% \changes{v1.32}{2017/03/07}{Format siggraph is now obsolete} +% \changes{v1.32}{2017/03/07}{Added POMACS journal option} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/12}{BibTeX crossref bug corrected} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/18}{BibTeX comma before articleno bug +% corrected} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/18}{BibTeX numpages bug corrected} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added acmart-preload-hook} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/33}{Documentation updates} +% \changes{v1.35}{2017/04/23}{BibTeX bug fixed: et al.} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/12}{Added the possibility to adjust number of +% author boxes per row in conference formats} +% \changes{v1.37}{2017/05/13}{Set \cs{normalparindent}; Reduce list +% indentation (Matthew Fluet)}% +% \changes{v1.38}{2017/05/13}{Increase default font size for SIGPLAN} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Bibliography changes} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/15}{Added package cleveref} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/16}{Added new copyright version: +% licensedcagov} +% \changes{v1.41}{2017/06/25}{Added new badges} +% \changes{v1.42}{2017/07/02}{Deleted ACM badges} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Added package refcount} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Deleted package cleveref} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Put theorem defs in a separate style} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/17}{Bst file bug fixes: label width is +% calculated correctly} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/25}{Added etoolbox} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/29}{Restore theorem defs to class file} +% \changes{v1.47}{2017/08/31}{New journal: THRI} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/09}{Typos fixed (Jamie Davis)} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/16}{Code prettying (Michael D.~Adams)} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/23}{Misc entries in the bibliography no +% longer produce a separate date} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/10/01}{Initial support for Biblatex (Daniel Thomas)} +% \changes{1.48}{2017/10/14}{Bib code cleanup (Zack Weinberg)} +% \changes{1.48}{2017/12/03}{Documentation update (siggraph)} +% \changes{1.49}{2018/01/24}{New journal: DTRAP} +% \changes{1.53}{2018/04/14}{New journals: PACMCGIT, TIOT, TDSCI} +% \changes{1.53}{2018/04/14}{Rearranged docs} +% \changes{1.54}{2018/06/17}{Moved footnote stuff before hyperref call +% (Ross Moore)} +% \changes{1.56}{2018/11/11}{Documented \cs{Description}} +% \changes{1.57}{2018/12/16}{Booktabs package is now the default} +% \changes{1.58}{2019/02/09}{Changes in samples (Enrico Gregorio)} +% \changes{1.58}{2019/03/29}{New journal: HEALTH. TDS is renamed to +% TDSCI} +% \changes{1.60}{2019/04/22}{New option: urlbreakonhyphens} +% \changes{1.62}{2019/07/31}{New journal: TELO} +% \changes{1.63}{2019/08/04}{New journal: TQUANT} +% \changes{1.63}{2019/08/04}{New journal: FACMP} +% \changes{1.63a}{2019/08/05}{Move: TQUANT to TQC} +% \changes{1.64}{2019/08/17}{Putting abstract after \cs{maketitle} now +% causes an error} +% +% And the driver code: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*gobble> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{array,booktabs,amsmath,graphicx,fancyvrb,tabularx, longtable} +\usepackage[tt=false, type1=true]{libertine} +\usepackage[varqu]{zi4} +\usepackage[libertine]{newtxmath} +\usepackage[tableposition=top]{caption} +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\PageIndex +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges +\EnableCrossrefs +\begin{document} + \DocInput{acmart.dtx} +\end{document} +%</gobble> +%<*class> +\def\@classname{acmart} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Preload hook} +%\label{sec:preload} +% +% We preload |acmart-preload-hook|: +% \begin{macrocode} +\InputIfFileExists{acmart-preload-hook.tex}{% + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{% + I am loading acmart-preload-hook.tex. You are fully responsible + for any problems from now on.}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Options} +% \label{sec:options} +% +% We need |xkeyval| since some of our options may have values: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{xkeyval} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We use |xstring| to check whether user input is valid +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{xstring} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +% \begin{macro}{format} +% The possible formats +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*+{acmart.cls}{format}[\ACM@format\ACM@format@nr]{% + manuscript, acmsmall, acmlarge, acmtog, sigconf, siggraph, + sigplan, sigchi, sigchi-a}[manuscript]{}{% + \ClassError{\@classname}{The option format must be manuscript, + acmsmall, acmlarge, acmtog, sigconf, siggraph, + sigplan, sigchi or sigchi-a}} +\def\@DeclareACMFormat#1{\DeclareOptionX{#1}{\setkeys{acmart.cls}{format=#1}}} +\@DeclareACMFormat{manuscript} +\@DeclareACMFormat{acmsmall} +\@DeclareACMFormat{acmlarge} +\@DeclareACMFormat{acmtog} +\@DeclareACMFormat{sigconf} +\@DeclareACMFormat{siggraph} +\@DeclareACMFormat{sigplan} +\@DeclareACMFormat{sigchi} +\@DeclareACMFormat{sigchi-a} +\ExecuteOptionsX{format} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@screen} +% Whether we use screen mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{screen}[true]{% + \if@ACM@screen + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using screen mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option screen can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{screen=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@urlbreakonhyphens} +% \changes{1.60}{2019/04/22}{introduced macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{urlbreakonhyphens}[true]{% + \if@ACM@urlbreakonhyphens + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using breaking urls on hyphens}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not breaking urls on hyphens}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option urlbreakonhyphens can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{urlbreakonhyphens=true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@acmthm} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/29}{Modified description} +% Whether we define theorem-like environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{acmthm}[true]{% + \if@ACM@acmthm + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Requiring acmthm}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Suppressing acmthm}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option acmthm can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{acmthm=true} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@review} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/09}{Review mode now switches on folios} +% Whether we use review mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{review}[true]{% + \if@ACM@review + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using review mode}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ACM@printfoliostrue}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using review mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option review can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{review=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@authorversion} +% \changes{v1.03}{2016/04/22}{Added macro} +% Whether we use author's-version mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{authorversion}[true]{% + \if@ACM@authorversion + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using authorversion mode}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using authorversion mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option authorversion can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{authorversion=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@nonacm} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/05/08}{Added macro} +% Special option for non-ACM publications +% using the ACM typesetting options. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{nonacm}[true]{% + \if@ACM@nonacm + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using nonacm mode}% + \AtBeginDocument{\@ACM@printacmreffalse}% + % in 'nonacm' mode we disable the "ACM Reference Format" + % printing by default, but this can be re-enabled by the + % user using \settopmatter{printacmref=true} + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using nonacm mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option nonacm can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{nonacm=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@balance} +% \changes{v1.57}{2018/12/16}{Added macro} +% Whether to balance the last page +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{balance}[true]{}{% + \PackageError{\@classname}{The option balance can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{balance} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@natbib@override} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Deleted macro} +% This macro is no longer used. +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@natbib} +% Whether we use |natbib| mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{natbib}[true]{% + \if@ACM@natbib + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Explicitly selecting natbib mode}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Explicitly deselecting natbib mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option natbib can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{natbib=true} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@anonymous} +% Whether we use anonymous mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{anonymous}[true]{% + \if@ACM@anonymous + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using anonymous mode}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using anonymous mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option anonymous can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{anonymous=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@timestamp} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/10}{Added macro (Michael D.~Adams)} +% Whether we use timestamp mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{timestamp}[true]{% + \if@ACM@timestamp + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using timestamp mode}% + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using timestamp mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option timestamp can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{timestamp=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@authordraft} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/13}{Corrected typo, thanks to bargteil} +% Whether we use author-draft mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{acmart.cls}[@ACM@]{authordraft}[true]{% + \if@ACM@authordraft + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using authordraft mode}% + \@ACM@timestamptrue + \@ACM@reviewtrue + \else + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Not using authordraft mode}% + \fi}{\PackageError{\@classname}{The option authordraft can be either true or + false}} +\ExecuteOptionsX{authordraft=false} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@fontsize} +% The font size to pass to the base class +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@fontsize{} +\DeclareOptionX{9pt}{\edef\ACM@fontsize{\CurrentOption}} +\DeclareOptionX{10pt}{\edef\ACM@fontsize{\CurrentOption}} +\DeclareOptionX{11pt}{\edef\ACM@fontsize{\CurrentOption}} +\DeclareOptionX{12pt}{\edef\ACM@fontsize{\CurrentOption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \changes{v1.01}{2016/04/18}{Explicitly put draft option +% (closes \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/4})} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOptionX{draft}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{amsart}} +\DeclareOptionX{*}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{amsart}} +\ProcessOptionsX +\ClassInfo{\@classname}{Using format \ACM@format, number \ACM@format@nr} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Setting switches} +%\label{sec:switches} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@manuscript} +% Whether we use manuscript mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@manuscript +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@journal} +% There are two kinds of publications: journals and books +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@journal +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@journal@bibstrip} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Introduced macro} +% Sometimes ACM wants a journal-like publication to have conference +% information in the bibstrip and vice versa, so we have an additional +% switch. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@journal@bibstrip +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@sigchiamode} +% The formatting of SIGCHI extended abstracts is quite unusual. We have a +% special switch for them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@sigchiamode +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% Setting up switches +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifnum\ACM@format@nr=5\relax % siggraph + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{The format siggraph is now obsolete. + I am switching to sigconf.} + \setkeys{acmart.cls}{format=sigconf} +\fi +\ifnum\ACM@format@nr=0\relax + \@ACM@manuscripttrue +\else + \@ACM@manuscriptfalse +\fi +\@ACM@sigchiamodefalse +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript + \@ACM@journaltrue +\or % acmsmall + \@ACM@journaltrue +\or % acmlarge + \@ACM@journaltrue +\or % acmtog + \@ACM@journaltrue +\or % sigconf + \@ACM@journalfalse +\or % siggraph + \@ACM@journalfalse + \or % sigplan + \@ACM@journalfalse + \or % sigchi + \@ACM@journalfalse +\or % sigchi-a + \@ACM@journalfalse + \@ACM@sigchiamodetrue +\fi +\if@ACM@journal + \@ACM@journal@bibstriptrue +\else + \@ACM@journal@bibstripfalse +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Loading the base class and package} +%\label{sec:loading} +% +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Increased font size for ACM Large} +% \changes{v1.38}{2017/05/13}{Increase default font size for SIGPLAN} +% +% +% At this point we either have \cs{ACM@fontsize} or use defaults +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\ACM@fontsize\@empty + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \def\ACM@fontsize{9pt}% + \or % acmsmall + \def\ACM@fontsize{10pt}% + \or % acmlarge + \def\ACM@fontsize{10pt}% + \or % acmtog + \def\ACM@fontsize{9pt}% + \or % sigconf + \def\ACM@fontsize{9pt}% + \or % siggraph + \def\ACM@fontsize{9pt}% + \or % sigplan + \def\ACM@fontsize{10pt}% + \or % sigchi + \def\ACM@fontsize{10pt}% + \or % sigchi-a + \def\ACM@fontsize{10pt}% + \fi +\fi +\ClassInfo{\@classname}{Using fontsize \ACM@fontsize} +\LoadClass[\ACM@fontsize, reqno]{amsart} +\RequirePackage{microtype} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% We need |etoolbox| for delayed code +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{etoolbox} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Booktabs is now the default +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{booktabs} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% We need |totpages| to calculate the number of pages and +% |refcount| to use that number +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{refcount} +\RequirePackage{totpages} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \cs{collect@body} macro in |amsmath| is defined using \cs{def}. We load +% |environ| to access the \cs{long} version of this command +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{environ} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We use |setspace| for double spacing +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@manuscript +\RequirePackage{setspace} +\onehalfspacing +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/05}{Added `textcase' package} +% We need |textcase| for better upcasing +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{textcase} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +%\subsection{Citations} +% \changes{v1.19}{2016/07/28}{Include 'References' in PDF bookmarks +% (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.14}{2016/06/09}{Patched \cs{citestyle}} +% \changes{v1.55}{2016/08/012}{Typo corrected (Zack Weinberg)} +% We patch \cs{setcitestyle} to allow, for example, +% \cs{setcitestyle}|{sort}| and \cs{setcitestyle}|{nosort}|. We patch +% \cs{citestyle} to warn about undefined citation styles. +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@natbib + \RequirePackage{natbib} + \renewcommand{\bibsection}{% + \section*{\refname}% + \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}% + } + \renewcommand{\bibfont}{\bibliofont} + \renewcommand\setcitestyle[1]{ + \@for\@tempa:=#1\do + {\def\@tempb{round}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@open{(}\renewcommand\NAT@close{)}\fi + \def\@tempb{square}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@open{[}\renewcommand\NAT@close{]}\fi + \def\@tempb{angle}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@open{$<$}\renewcommand\NAT@close{$>$}\fi + \def\@tempb{curly}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@open{\{}\renewcommand\NAT@close{\}}\fi + \def\@tempb{semicolon}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@sep{;}\fi + \def\@tempb{colon}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@sep{;}\fi + \def\@tempb{comma}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \renewcommand\NAT@sep{,}\fi + \def\@tempb{authoryear}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \NAT@numbersfalse\fi + \def\@tempb{numbers}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \NAT@numberstrue\NAT@superfalse\fi + \def\@tempb{super}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \NAT@numberstrue\NAT@supertrue\fi + \def\@tempb{nobibstyle}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \let\bibstyle=\@gobble\fi + \def\@tempb{bibstyle}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \let\bibstyle=\@citestyle\fi + \def\@tempb{sort}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@sort{\@ne}\fi + \def\@tempb{nosort}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@sort{\z@}\fi + \def\@tempb{compress}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@cmprs{\@ne}\fi + \def\@tempb{nocompress}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@cmprs{\z@}\fi + \def\@tempb{sort&compress}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@sort{\@ne}\def\NAT@cmprs{\@ne}\fi + \def\@tempb{mcite}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \let\NAT@merge\@ne\fi + \def\@tempb{merge}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@ifnum{\NAT@merge<\tw@}{\let\NAT@merge\tw@}{}\fi + \def\@tempb{elide}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \@ifnum{\NAT@merge<\thr@@}{\let\NAT@merge\thr@@}{}\fi + \def\@tempb{longnamesfirst}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \NAT@longnamestrue\fi + \def\@tempb{nonamebreak}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\NAT@nmfmt#1{\mbox{\NAT@up#1}}\fi + \expandafter\NAT@find@eq\@tempa=\relax\@nil + \if\@tempc\relax\else + \expandafter\NAT@rem@eq\@tempc + \def\@tempb{open}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@open{\@tempc}\fi + \def\@tempb{close}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@close{\@tempc}\fi + \def\@tempb{aysep}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@aysep{\@tempc}\fi + \def\@tempb{yysep}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@yrsep{\@tempc}\fi + \def\@tempb{notesep}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@cmt{\@tempc}\fi + \def\@tempb{citesep}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \xdef\NAT@sep{\@tempc}\fi + \fi + }% + \NAT@@setcites + } + \renewcommand\citestyle[1]{% + \ifcsname bibstyle@#1\endcsname% + \csname bibstyle@#1\endcsname\let\bibstyle\@gobble% + \else% + \@latex@error{Undefined `#1' citestyle}% + \fi + }% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bibstyle@acmauthoryear} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.14}{2016/06/09}{Moved def of \cs{bibstyle@acmauthoryear} +% before use} +% \changes{v1.35}{2017/04/13}{Square brackets for author-year style} +% The default author-year format: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\bibstyle@acmauthoryear}{% + \setcitestyle{% + authoryear,% + open={[},close={]},citesep={;},% + aysep={},yysep={,},% + notesep={, }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bibstyle@acmnumeric} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.14}{2016/06/09}{Moved def of \cs{bibstyle@numeric} +% before use} +% The default numeric format: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\bibstyle@acmnumeric}{% + \setcitestyle{% + numbers,sort&compress,% + open={[},close={]},citesep={,},% + notesep={, }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.28}{2017/01/07}{Corrected option natbib behavior} +% The default is numeric: +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@natbib +\citestyle{acmnumeric} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@startsection} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Added \cs{tochangmeasure}} +% Before we call |hyperref|, we redefine \cs{startsection} commands to +% their \LaTeX\ defaults since the |amsart| ones are too AMS-specific. +% We need to do this early since we want |hyperref| to have a chance +% to redefine them again: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}} +\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% + \edef\@toclevel{\ifnum#2=\@m 0\else\number#2\fi}% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth + \let\@svsec\@empty + \else + \refstepcounter{#1}% + \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}% + \fi + \@tempskipa #5\relax + \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ + \begingroup + #6{% + \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}% + \interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}% + \endgroup + \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else + \@tochangmeasure{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \fi + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \fi + #7}% + \else + \def\@svsechd{% + #6{\hskip #3\relax + \@svsec #8}% + \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else + \@tochangmeasure{\csname the#1\endcsname\space}% + \fi + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \fi + #7}}% + \fi + \@xsect{#5}} +\def\@xsect#1{% + \@tempskipa #1\relax + \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ + \par \nobreak + \vskip \@tempskipa + \@afterheading + \else + \@nobreakfalse + \global\@noskipsectrue + \everypar{% + \if@noskipsec + \global\@noskipsecfalse + {\setbox\z@\lastbox}% + \clubpenalty\@M + \begingroup \@svsechd \endgroup + \unskip + \@tempskipa #1\relax + \hskip -\@tempskipa + \else + \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty + \everypar{}% + \fi}% + \fi + \ignorespaces} +\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname\quad} +\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{% + \@tempskipa #3\relax + \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ + \begingroup + #4{% + \@hangfrom{\hskip #1}% + \interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}% + \endgroup + \else + \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5}}% + \fi + \@xsect{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@startsection} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Rededined macro} +% \changes{v1.43}{2017/07/09}{Added \cs{makeatletter}} +% The |amsart| package redefines \cs{startsection}. Here we redefine +% it again to make the table of contents work. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@starttoc#1#2{\begingroup\makeatletter + \setTrue{#1}% + \par\removelastskip\vskip\z@skip + \@startsection{section}\@M\z@{\linespacing\@plus\linespacing}% + {.5\linespacing}{\centering\contentsnamefont}{#2}% + \@input{\jobname.#1}% + \if@filesw + \@xp\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname + \immediate\@xp\openout\csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax + \fi + \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup + \addvspace{32\p@\@plus14\p@}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@subsection} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Redefined macro} +% Section spacing is more generous than for |amsart| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@section{\@tocline{1}{0pt}{1pc}{2pc}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@subsection} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Redefined macro} +% The spacing in |amsart| is too large +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@subsection{\@tocline{2}{0pt}{1pc}{3pc}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\l@subsubsection} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Redefined macro} +% The spacing in |amsart| is too large +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\l@subsubsection{\@tocline{2}{0pt}{1pc}{5pc}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% We need to define foonote-related stuff before the call to hyperref +% (Ross Moore) +% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext} +% We do not use indentation for footnotes +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@makefntext{\noindent\@makefnmark} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@footnotetext} +% In |sigchi-a| mode our footnotes are in the margin! +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@sigchiamode +\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\marginpar{% + \reset@font\small + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \protected@edef\@currentlabel{% + \csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark + }% + \color@begingroup + \@makefntext{% + \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}% + \color@endgroup}}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mpfootnotetext} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Made minipage footnotes centered} +% We want the footnotes in minipages centered: +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@mpfootnotetext#1{% + \global\setbox\@mpfootins\vbox{% + \unvbox\@mpfootins + \reset@font\footnotesize + \hsize\columnwidth + \@parboxrestore + \protected@edef\@currentlabel + {\csname p@mpfootnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}% + \color@begingroup\centering + \@makefntext{% + \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}% + \color@endgroup}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makefnmark} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/067/09}{Redefined} +% AMS classes use a buggy definition of \cs{makefnmark}. We revert +% to the standard one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% And now, |hyperref| +% \changes{v1.28}{2017/01/07}{Got rid of warnings in pdf keywords} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/25}{Delayed hypersetup since journal options +% may change screen mode} +% \changes{v1.55}{2018/10/20}{Now we use purple color for links} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/26/01}{Suppressed \cs{addtocounter} in pdf subject} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@footnotemark@nolink\@footnotemark +\let\@footnotetext@nolink\@footnotetext +\RequirePackage[bookmarksnumbered,unicode]{hyperref} +\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{% + \def\addtocounter#1#2{}% + \def\unskip{}% + \def\textbullet{- }% + \def\textrightarrow{ -> }% + \def\footnotemark{}% +} +\urlstyle{rm} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan + \urlstyle{sf} +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a + \urlstyle{sf} +\fi +\AtEndPreamble{% + \if@ACM@urlbreakonhyphens + \def\do@url@hyp{\do\-}% + \fi + \if@ACM@screen + \hypersetup{colorlinks, + linkcolor=ACMPurple, + citecolor=ACMPurple, + urlcolor=ACMDarkBlue, + filecolor=ACMDarkBlue} + \else + \hypersetup{hidelinks} + \fi + \hypersetup{pdflang={en}, + pdfdisplaydoctitle}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Bibliography mangling. +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/23}{Moved \cs{citename} definition for +% non-natbib bibliography, so a package may redefine it} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/23}{\cs{citeyear} no longer behaves like +% \cs{citeyearpar}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@natbib + \let\citeN\cite + \let\cite\citep + \let\citeANP\citeauthor + \let\citeNN\citeyearpar + \let\citeyearNP\citeyear + \let\citeNP\citealt + \DeclareRobustCommand\citeA + {\begingroup\NAT@swafalse + \let\NAT@ctype\@ne\NAT@partrue\NAT@fullfalse\NAT@open\NAT@citetp}% + \providecommand\newblock{}% +\else + \AtBeginDocument{% + \let\shortcite\cite% + \providecommand\citename[1]{#1}} +\fi +\newcommand\shortcite[2][]{% + \ifNAT@numbers\cite[#1]{#2}\else\citeyearpar[#1]{#2}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Redefined macro} +% The |amsart| package redefines \cs{bibliographystyle} since it +% prefers the AMS bibliography style. We turn it back to the +% \LaTeX\ definition: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bibliographystyle#1{% + \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else + \expandafter\AtBeginDocument + \fi + {\if@filesw + \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibstyle{#1}}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% Graphics and color. +% \changes{1.48}{2017/10/22}{Added prologue option to xcolor} +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{graphicx} +\RequirePackage[prologue]{xcolor} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We define ACM colors according to~\cite{ACMIdentityStandards}: +% \begin{macrocode} +\definecolor[named]{ACMBlue}{cmyk}{1,0.1,0,0.1} +\definecolor[named]{ACMYellow}{cmyk}{0,0.16,1,0} +\definecolor[named]{ACMOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.42,1,0.01} +\definecolor[named]{ACMRed}{cmyk}{0,0.90,0.86,0} +\definecolor[named]{ACMLightBlue}{cmyk}{0.49,0.01,0,0} +\definecolor[named]{ACMGreen}{cmyk}{0.20,0,1,0.19} +\definecolor[named]{ACMPurple}{cmyk}{0.55,1,0,0.15} +\definecolor[named]{ACMDarkBlue}{cmyk}{1,0.58,0,0.21} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% Author-draft mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@authordraft + \RequirePackage{draftwatermark} + \SetWatermarkFontSize{0.5in} + \SetWatermarkColor[gray]{.9} + \SetWatermarkText{\parbox{12em}{\centering + Unpublished working draft.\\ + Not for distribution.}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +%\subsection{Paper size and paragraphing} +%\label{sec:paper} +% +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/07}{Slightly decreased margins for sigs} +% \changes{v1.29}{2017/01/22}{Increased head to 13pt} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/07/15}{Added heightrounded to geometry} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/10/16}{Make two-column layouts flush (Philip Quinn)} +% We use |geometry| for dimensions. Note that the present margins do not +% depend on the font size option---we might need to change this. +% See \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/5#issuecomment-272881329}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{geometry} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript + \geometry{letterpaper,head=13pt, + marginparwidth=6pc,heightrounded}% +\or % acmsmall + \geometry{twoside=true, + includeheadfoot, head=13pt, foot=2pc, + paperwidth=6.75in, paperheight=10in, + top=58pt, bottom=44pt, inner=46pt, outer=46pt, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % acmlarge + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, foot=2pc, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot, + top=78pt, bottom=114pt, inner=81pt, outer=81pt, + marginparwidth=4pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % acmtog + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, foot=2pc, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot, columnsep=24pt, + top=52pt, bottom=75pt, inner=52pt, outer=52pt, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % sigconf + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot, columnsep=2pc, + top=57pt, bottom=73pt, inner=54pt, outer=54pt, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % siggraph + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot, columnsep=2pc, + top=57pt, bottom=73pt, inner=54pt, outer=54pt, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % sigplan + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot=false, columnsep=2pc, + top=1in, bottom=1in, inner=0.75in, outer=0.75in, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % sigchi + \geometry{twoside=true, head=13pt, + paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in, + includeheadfoot, columnsep=2pc, + top=66pt, bottom=73pt, inner=54pt, outer=54pt, + marginparwidth=2pc,heightrounded + }% +\or % sigchi-a + \geometry{twoside=false, head=13pt, + paperwidth=11in, paperheight=8.5in, + includeheadfoot, marginparsep=72pt, + marginparwidth=170pt, columnsep=20pt, + top=72pt, bottom=72pt, left=314pt, right=72pt + }% + \@mparswitchfalse + \reversemarginpar +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% Paragraphing +% \begin{macrocode} +\setlength\parindent{10\p@} +\setlength\parskip{\z@} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog + \setlength\parindent{9\p@}% +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\normalparindent} +% \changes{v1.37}{2017/05/13}{Set \cs{normalparindent} (Matthew Fluet)}% +% The |amsart| package defines the \cs{normalparindent} length and +% initializes it to 12pt (the value of \cs{parindent} in |amsart|). It +% is later used to set the \cs{listparindent} length in the |quotation| +% environment and the \cs{parindent} length in the \cs{@footnotetext} +% command. We set \cs{normalparindent} to the value of \cs{parindent} +% as selected by |acmart| for consistent paragraph indents. +% \begin{macrocode} +\setlength\normalparindent{\parindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% Footnotes require some consideration. We have several layers of +% footnotes: frontmatter footnotes, ``regular'' footnotes and the +% special insert for the bibstrip. In the old ACM classes, the bibstrip +% was a \cs{@float}. The problem with floats is that they tend to, well, +% float---and we want the guarantee they stay. +% +% We use |manyfoot| for layered footnotes instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\copyrightpermissionfootnoterule} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Added macro} +% This is the footnote rule that separates the bibstrip from the rest of +% the paper. It is a full width rule. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\copyrightpermissionfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ + \hrule \@width \columnwidth \kern 2.6\p@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{manyfoot} +\SelectFootnoteRule[2]{copyrightpermission} +\DeclareNewFootnote{authorsaddresses} +\SelectFootnoteRule[2]{copyrightpermission} +\DeclareNewFootnote{copyrightpermission} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\footnoterule} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Made shorter} +% Tschichold's rules: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@ + \hrule \@width 4pc \kern 2.6\p@} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endminipage} +% We do not use footnote rules in minipages +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\endminipage{% + \par + \unskip + \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else + \vskip\skip\@mpfootins + \normalcolor + \unvbox\@mpfootins + \fi + \@minipagefalse + \color@endgroup + \egroup + \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@textbottom} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Redefined} +% Add some stretch according to David Carlisle's advice at +% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/62318/5522} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@textbottom{\vskip \z@ \@plus 1pt} +\let\@texttop\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% In two-column layouts, force both columns to be the same height by inserting +% extra internal vertical space to fill out the page. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog + \flushbottom +\or % sigconf + \flushbottom +\or % siggraph + \flushbottom +\or % sigplan + \flushbottom +\or % sigchi + \flushbottom +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +%\subsection{Fonts} +%\label{sec:fonts} +% +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Added graceful behavior when libertine +% fonts are absent} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added cmap and glyphtounicode} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Added Ross Moore code for glyphtounicode} +% +% Somehow PDFTeX and XeTeX require different incantations to make a PDF +% compliant with the current Acrobat bugs. Xpdf is much better. +% +% The code below is by Ross Moore. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{iftex} +\ifPDFTeX +\input{glyphtounicode} +\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f}{FB00} +\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f_i}{FB03} +\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f_l}{FB04} +\pdfglyphtounicode{f_i}{FB01} +\pdfglyphtounicode{t_t}{0074 0074} +\pdfglyphtounicode{f_t}{0066 0074} +\pdfglyphtounicode{T_h}{0054 0068} +\pdfgentounicode=1 +\fi +\RequirePackage{cmap} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@newfonts} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Added macro}% +% Whether we load the new fonts +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@newfonts +\@ACM@newfontstrue +\IfFileExists{libertine.sty}{}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{You do not + have the libertine package installed. Please upgrade your + TeX}\@ACM@newfontsfalse} +\IfFileExists{zi4.sty}{}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{You do not + have the zi4 package installed. Please upgrade your + TeX}\@ACM@newfontsfalse} +\IfFileExists{newtxmath.sty}{}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{You do not + have the newtxmath package installed. Please upgrade your + TeX}\@ACM@newfontsfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.30}{2017/02/15}{Switched to T1: looks like libertine has +% problems with \cs{l} in OT1}% +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/12}{Switched to Type~1 fonts for libertine +% even if OTF-capable engine is used (Kai Mindermann)} +% \changes{v1.51}{2018/04/05}{XeTeX now uses OTF fonts (Joachim +% Breitner)} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/07/16}{XeTeX now uses T1 encoding} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/11}{Looks like XeTeX requires explicit +% monotype font delcaration} +% We use Libertine throughout. +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@newfonts + \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} +\ifxetex + \RequirePackage[tt=false]{libertine} + \setmonofont{inconsolata} +\else + \RequirePackage[tt=false, type1=true]{libertine} +\fi +\RequirePackage[varqu]{zi4} +\RequirePackage[libertine]{newtxmath} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\liningnums} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/28}{Workaround for compatibility with fontspec} +% Libertine defines \cs{liningnums}, which makes |fontspec| unhappy. +% While we do not use |fontspec|, some users do. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\liningnums\@undefined +\AtEndPreamble{% + \DeclareTextFontCommand{\liningnums}{\libertineLF}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% The SIGCHI extended abstracts are sans serif: +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@sigchiamode + \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Image descriptions} +%\label{sec:description} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@Description@present} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/11}{Added macro} +% A local switch: whether there is a description in the given figure +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@Description@present +\@Description@presenttrue +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@undescribed@images} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/11}{Added macro} +% A global switch whether some images were \emph{not} described +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@undescribed@images +\@undescribed@imagesfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\Description} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/11}{Added macro} +% The Description macro right now just sets switches +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\Description[2][]{\global\@Description@presenttrue\ignorespaces} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% The global warning +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{\if@undescribed@images + \ClassWarningNoLine{\@classname}{Some images may lack descriptions}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Hooks for figures and tables +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginEnvironment{figure}{\@Description@presentfalse + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig} +\AtBeginEnvironment{figure*}{\@Description@presentfalse + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig} +\AtEndEnvironment{figure}{\if@Description@present\else + \global\@undescribed@imagestrue + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{A possible image without description}\fi} +\AtEndEnvironment{figure*}{\if@Description@present\else + \global\@undescribed@imagestrue + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{A possible image without description}\fi} +\AtBeginEnvironment{table}{\let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig} +\AtBeginEnvironment{table*}{\let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +%\subsection{Floats} +%\label{sec:floats} +% +% \changes{v1.55}{2018/10/20}{Table captions for SIGCHI now use the +% same font size as figure captions (Luis Leiva)} +% We use the |caption| package +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption, float} +\captionsetup[table]{position=top} +\if@ACM@journal + \captionsetup{labelfont={sf, small}, + textfont={sf, small}, margin=\z@} + \captionsetup[figure]{name={Fig.}} +\else + \captionsetup{labelfont={bf}, + textfont={bf}, labelsep=colon, margin=\z@} + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \or % acmsmall + \or % acmlarge + \or % acmtog + \or % sigconf + \or % siggraph + \captionsetup{textfont={it}} + \or % sigplan + \captionsetup{labelfont={bf}, + textfont={normalfont}, labelsep=period, margin=\z@} + \or % sigchi + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={bf, small}, + textfont={bf, small}} + \captionsetup[table]{labelfont={bf, small}, + textfont={bf, small}} + \or % sigchi-a + \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont={bf, small}, + textfont={bf, small}} + \captionsetup[table]{labelfont={bf, small}, + textfont={bf, small}} + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{sidebar} +% The |sidebar| environment: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newfloat{sidebar}{}{sbar} +\floatname{sidebar}{Sidebar} +\renewenvironment{sidebar}{\Collect@Body\@sidebar}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@sidebar} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% The processing of the saved text +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@sidebar#1{\bgroup\let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig\captionsetup{type=sidebar}% + \marginpar{\small#1}\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{marginfigure} +% The |marginfigure| environment: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{marginfigure}{\Collect@Body\@marginfigure}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@marginfigure} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Now centering by default} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/11}{Added checking for description} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% The processing of the saved text +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@marginfigure#1{\bgroup + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig + \captionsetup{type=figure}% + \marginpar{\@Description@presentfalse\centering + \small#1\if@Description@present\else + \global\@undescribed@imagestrue + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{A possible image without description} + \fi}% + \egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{margintable} +% The |margintable| environment: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{margintable}{\Collect@Body\@margintable}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@margintable} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Now centering by default} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% The processing of the saved text +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@margintable#1{\bgroup\let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig\captionsetup{type=table}% + \marginpar{\centering\small#1}\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% SIGCHI extended abstracts provide an interesting possibility to push +% into the margin. Here we use |figure*| and |table*| for this. +% \begin{macro}{\fulltextwidth} +% We define the width of the boxes as +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\fulltextwidth +\fulltextwidth=\dimexpr(\textwidth+\marginparwidth+\marginparsep) +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@dblfloat} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% We redefine the double-float command. First, we make the size +% bigger. Second, our default position is going to be |tp| (to give +% marginalia a chance) +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@sigchiamode +\def\@dblfloat{\bgroup\let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig\columnwidth=\fulltextwidth + \let\@endfloatbox\@endwidefloatbox + \def\@fpsadddefault{\def\@fps{tp}}% + \@float} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\end@dblfloat} +% And the end. Just adding a \cs{bgroup}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@sigchiamode +\def\end@dblfloat{% + \end@float\egroup} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@endwidefloatbox} +% This is the end of a wide box---we basically move everything +% to the left +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@endwidefloatbox{% + \par\vskip\z@skip + \@minipagefalse + \outer@nobreak + \egroup + \color@endbox + \global\setbox\@currbox=\vbox{\moveleft + \dimexpr(\fulltextwidth-\textwidth)\box\@currbox}% + \wd\@currbox=\textwidth +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +%\subsection{Lists} +%\label{sec:lists} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan +\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.} +\def\labelenumii{\theenumii.} +\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.} +\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.} +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \changes{v1.37}{2017/05/13}{Reduce list indentation (Matthew Fluet)}% +% The AMS uses generous margins for lists. Note that |amsart| defines +% \cs{leftmargin} values for list levels at the beginning of the +% document, so we must redefine them in the same manner. Also, note that +% |amsart| redefines the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments with a +% \cs{makelabel} command that uses \cs{llap}, so the \cs{labelwidth} +% value is~(effectively) irrelevant; nonetheless, we follow |amsart| +% and set \cs{labelwidth} to \cs{leftmargin} minus \cs{labelsep}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\@ACM@labelwidth +\AtBeginDocument{% + \setlength\labelsep{4pt} + \setlength{\@ACM@labelwidth}{6.5pt} + + %% First-level list: when beginning after the first line of an + %% indented paragraph or ending before an indented paragraph, labels + %% should not hang to the left of the preceding/following text. + \setlength\leftmargini{\z@} + \addtolength\leftmargini{\parindent} + \addtolength\leftmargini{2\labelsep} + \addtolength\leftmargini{\@ACM@labelwidth} + + %% Second-level and higher lists. + \setlength\leftmarginii{\z@} + \addtolength\leftmarginii{0.5\labelsep} + \addtolength\leftmarginii{\@ACM@labelwidth} + \setlength\leftmarginiii{\leftmarginii} + \setlength\leftmarginiv{\leftmarginiii} + \setlength\leftmarginv{\leftmarginiv} + \setlength\leftmarginvi{\leftmarginv} + \@listi} +\newskip\listisep +\listisep\smallskipamount +\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini + \labelwidth\leftmargini \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep + \listparindent\z@ + \topsep\listisep} +\let\@listi\@listI +\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii + \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep + \topsep\z@skip} +\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii + \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} +\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv + \labelwidth\leftmarginiv \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} +\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv + \labelwidth\leftmarginv \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} +\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi + \labelwidth\leftmarginvi \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\descriptionlabel} +% \changes{v1.37}{2017/05/13}{Reduce list indentation (Matthew Fluet)}% +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Redefined} +% We do not use a colon by default like |amsart| does: +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\upshape\bfseries #1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\description} +% \changes{v1.37}{2017/05/13}{Reduce list indentation (Matthew Fluet)}% +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/07}{Decreased indent} +% Make the |description| environment indentation consistent with that of +% the |itemize| and |enumerate| environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewenvironment{description}{\list{}{% + \labelwidth\@ACM@labelwidth + \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}% +}{ + \endlist +} +\let\enddescription=\endlist % for efficiency +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +%\subsection{Top-matter data} +%\label{sec:top_matter_data} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@maketitle@typeset} +% \changes{v1.64}{2019/08/17}{Introduced macro} +% The switch to check whether \cs{maketitle} is already typeset. It +% is initally false, and setting top matter when it is true is wrong. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@maketitle@typeset +\@ACM@maketitle@typesetfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.24}{2016/11/16}{Add IMWUT journal option} +% \changes{v1.25}{2016/12/03}{Updated PACMPL} +% \changes{v1.30}{2017/02/15}{Updated IMWUT and PACMPL} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/13}{Added PACMHCI journal options} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/25}{PACM now set screen to true} +% \changes{v1.53}{2018/04/14}{Added PACMCGIT, TIOT, TDSCI} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/03/29}{Added HEALTH. TDSCI is renamed to TDS} +% +% We use the |xkeyval| interface to define journal titles and the relevant +% information +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*+{ACM}{acmJournal}[\@journalCode\@journalCode@nr]{% + CIE,% + CSUR,% + DTRAP,% + HEALTH,% + IMWUT,% + JACM,% + JDIQ,% + JEA,% + JERIC,% + JETC,% + JOCCH,% + PACMCGIT,% + PACMHCI,% + PACMPL,% + POMACS,% + TAAS,% + TACCESS,% + TACO,% + TALG,% + TALLIP,% + TAP,% + TCPS,% + TDS,% + TEAC,% + TECS,% + TELO,% + THRI,% + TIIS,% + TIOT,% + TISSEC,% + TIST,% + TKDD,% + TMIS,% + TOCE,% + TOCHI,% + TOCL,% + TOCS,% + TOCT,% + TODAES,% + TODS,% + TOG,% + TOIS,% + TOIT,% + TOMACS,% + TOMM,% + TOMPECS,% + TOMS,% + TOPC,% + TOPS,% + TOPLAS,% + TOS,% + TOSEM,% + TOSN,% + TQC,% + TRETS,% + TSAS,% + TSC,% + TSLP,% + TWEB,% + FACMP% +}{% +\ifcase\@journalCode@nr +\relax % CIE + \def\@journalName{ACM Computers in Entertainment}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Comput. Entertain.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1544-3574}% +\or % CSUR + \def\@journalName{ACM Computing Surveys}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Comput. Surv.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0360-0300}% +\or % DTRAP + \def\@journalName{Digital Threats: Research and Practice}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Digit. Threat. Res. Pract.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2576-5337}% +\or % HEALTH + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computing for Healthcare}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput. Healthcare}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2637-8051}% +\or % IMWUT + \def\@journalName{Proceedings of the ACM on Interactive, Mobile, + Wearable and Ubiquitous Technologies}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Proc. ACM Interact. Mob. Wearable Ubiquitous Technol.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2474-9567}% + \@ACM@screentrue + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode due to \@journalCode}% +\or % JACM + \def\@journalName{Journal of the ACM}% + \def\@journalNameShort{J. ACM}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0004-5411}% +\or % JDIQ + \def\@journalName{ACM Journal of Data and Information Quality}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM J. Data Inform. Quality}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1936-1955}% +\or % JEA + \def\@journalName{ACM Journal of Experimental Algorithmics}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM J. Exp. Algor.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1084-6654}% +\or % JERIC + \def\@journalName{ACM Journal of Educational Resources in Computing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM J. Edu. Resources in Comput.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1073-0516}% +\or % JETC + \def\@journalName{ACM Journal on Emerging Technologies in Computing Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM J. Emerg. Technol. Comput. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1550-4832}% +\or % JOCCH + \def\@journalName{ACM Journal on Computing and Cultural Heritage}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM J. Comput. Cult. Herit.}% +\or % PACMCGIT + \def\@journalName{Proceedings of the ACM on Computer Graphics and Interactive Techniques}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Proc. ACM Comput. Graph. Interact. Tech.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2577-6193}% + \@ACM@screentrue + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode due to \@journalCode}% +\or % PACMHCI + \def\@journalName{Proceedings of the ACM on Human-Computer Interaction}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Proc. ACM Hum.-Comput. Interact.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2573-0142}% + \@ACM@screentrue + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode due to \@journalCode}% +\or % PACMPL + \def\@journalName{Proceedings of the ACM on Programming Languages}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Proc. ACM Program. Lang.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2475-1421}% + \@ACM@screentrue + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode due to \@journalCode}% +\or % POMACS + \def\@journalName{Proceedings of the ACM on Measurement and Analysis of Computing Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{Proc. ACM Meas. Anal. Comput. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2476-1249}% + \@ACM@screentrue + \PackageInfo{\@classname}{Using screen mode due to \@journalCode}% +\or % TAAS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Autonomous and Adaptive Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Autonom. Adapt. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1556-4665}% +\or % TACCESS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Accessible Computing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Access. Comput.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1936-7228}% +\or % TACO + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Architecture and Code Optimization}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Arch. Code Optim.}% +\or % TALG + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Algorithms}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Algor.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1549-6325}% +\or % TALLIP + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Asian and Low-Resource Language Information Processing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Asian Low-Resour. Lang. Inf. Process.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2375-4699}% +\or % TAP + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Applied Perception}% +\or % TCPS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Cyber-Physical Systems}% +\or % TDS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Data Science}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Data Sci.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2577-3224}% +\or % TEAC + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Economics and Computation}% +\or % TECS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Embedded Computing Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Embedd. Comput. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1539-9087}% +\or % TELO + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Evolutionary Learning}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Evol. Learn.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2688-3007}% +\or % THRI + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Human-Robot Interaction}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Hum.-Robot Interact.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2573-9522}% +\or % TIIS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Interactive Intelligent Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Interact. Intell. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2160-6455}% +\or % TIOT + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Internet of Things}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Internet Things}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2577-6207}% +\or % TISSEC + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Information and System Security}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Info. Syst. Sec.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1094-9224}% +\or % TIST + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Intelligent Systems and Technology}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Intell. Syst. Technol.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2157-6904}% +\or % TKDD + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Knowledge Discovery from Data}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Knowl. Discov. Data.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1556-4681}% +\or % TMIS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Management Information Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Manag. Inform. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2158-656X}% +\or % TOCE + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computing Education}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput. Educ.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1946-6226}% +\or % TOCHI + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput.-Hum. Interact.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1073-0516}% +\or % TOCL + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computational Logic}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput. Logic}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1529-3785}% +\or % TOCS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computer Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0734-2071}% +\or % TOCT + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Computation Theory}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Comput. Theory}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1942-3454}% +\or % TODAES + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Design Automation of Electronic Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Des. Autom. Electron. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1084-4309}% +\or % TODS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Database Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Datab. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0362-5915}% +\or % TOG + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Graphics}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Graph.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0730-0301} +\or % TOIS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Information Systems}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1046-8188}% +\or % TOIT + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Internet Technology}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Internet Technol.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1533-5399}% +\or % TOMACS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Modeling and Computer Simulation}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Model. Comput. Simul.}% +\or % TOMM + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Multimedia Computing, Communications and Applications}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Multimedia Comput. Commun. Appl.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1551-6857}% + \def\@permissionCodeTwo{0100}% +\or % TOMPECS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Modeling and Performance Evaluation of Computing Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Model. Perform. Eval. Comput. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2376-3639}% +\or % TOMS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Math. Softw.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0098-3500}% +\or % TOPC + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Parallel Computing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Parallel Comput.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1539-9087}% +\or % TOPS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Privacy and Security}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Priv. Sec.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2471-2566}% +\or % TOPLAS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{0164-0925}% +\or % TOS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Storage}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Storage}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1553-3077}% +\or % TOSEM + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Software Engineering and Methodology}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Softw. Eng. Methodol.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1049-331X}% +\or % TOSN + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Sensor Networks}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Sensor Netw.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1550-4859}% +\or % TQC + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Quantum Computing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Quantum Comput.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2643-6817}% +\or % TRETS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Reconfigurable Technology and Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Reconfig. Technol. Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1936-7406}% +\or % TSAS + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Spatial Algorithms and Systems}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Spatial Algorithms Syst.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2374-0353}% +\or % TSC + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Social Computing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Soc. Comput.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{2469-7818}% +\or % TSLP + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on Speech and Language Processing}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Speech Lang. Process.}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1550-4875}% +\or % TWEB + \def\@journalName{ACM Transactions on the Web}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Trans. Web}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{1559-1131}% +\else % FACMP, a dummy journal + \def\@journalName{Forthcoming ACM Publication}% + \def\@journalNameShort{ACM Forthcoming}% + \def\@permissionCodeOne{XXXX-XXXX}% +\fi +\ClassInfo{\@classname}{Using journal code \@journalCode}% +}{% + \ClassError{\@classname}{Incorrect journal #1}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\acmJournal} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Setting \cs{@ACM@journal@bibstrip}} +% And the syntactic sugar around it +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmJournal#1{\setkeys{ACM}{acmJournal=#1}% + \global\@ACM@journal@bibstriptrue} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% The defaults: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@journalCode@nr{0} +\def\@journalName{}% +\def\@journalNameShort{\@journalName}% +\def\@permissionCodeOne{XXXX-XXXX}% +\def\@permissionCodeTwo{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmConference} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Setting \cs{@ACM@journal@bibstrip}} +% This is the conference command +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\acmConference[4][]{% + \gdef\acmConference@shortname{#1}% + \gdef\acmConference@name{#2}% + \gdef\acmConference@date{#3}% + \gdef\acmConference@venue{#4}% + \ifx\acmConference@shortname\@empty + \gdef\acmConference@shortname{#2}% + \fi + \global\@ACM@journal@bibstripfalse +} +\if@ACM@journal\else +\acmConference[Conference'17]{ACM Conference}{July 2017}{Washington, + DC, USA}% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmBooktitle} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Added macro} +% \begin{macro}{\@acmBooktitle} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Added macro} +% The book title of the conference: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmBooktitle#1{\gdef\@acmBooktitle{#1}} +\acmBooktitle{Proceedings of \acmConference@name + \ifx\acmConference@name\acmConference@shortname\else + \ (\acmConference@shortname)\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@editorsAbbrev} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Added macro} +% How to abbreviate editors +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@editorsAbbrev{(Ed.)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmEditors} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Added macro} +% The list of editors +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmEditors{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\editor} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Added macro} +% Add a new editor to the list +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\editor#1{\ifx\@acmEditors\@empty + \gdef\@acmEditors{#1}% + \else + \gdef\@editorsAbbrev{(Eds.)}% + \g@addto@macro\@acmEditors{\and#1}% +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subtitle} +% The subtitle macro +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\subtitle#1{\def\@subtitle{#1}} +\subtitle{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\num@authorgroups} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/06/25}{Renamed} +% The total number of ``groups''. Each group is several authors with +% the same affiliations(s) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcount\num@authorgroups +\num@authorgroups=0\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\num@authors} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/27}{Introduced macro} +% The total number of authors +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcount\num@authors +\num@authors=0\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@insideauthorgroup} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/06/25}{Introduced macro} +% Whether we are continuing an author group +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@insideauthorgroup +\@insideauthorgroupfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\author} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/06/25}{Added code for author groups} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/27}{Started counting authors} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/23}{Added submission id in anonymous mode} +% \changes{v1.57}{2018/12/09}{Added warning if \cs{author} has comma} +% Adding an author to the list of authors and addresses +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand\author[2][]{% + \IfSubStr{#2}{,}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{Do not put several + authors in the same \string\author\space macro!}}{}% + \global\advance\num@authors by 1\relax + \if@insideauthorgroup\else + \global\advance\num@authorgroups by 1\relax + \global\@insideauthorgrouptrue + \fi + \ifx\addresses\@empty + \if@ACM@anonymous + \gdef\addresses{\@author{Anonymous Author(s)% + \ifx\@acmSubmissionID\@empty\else\\Submission Id: + \@acmSubmissionID\fi}}% + \gdef\authors{Anonymous Author(s)}% + \else + \gdef\addresses{\@author{#2}}% + \gdef\authors{#2}% + \fi + \else + \if@ACM@anonymous\else + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\and\@author{#2}}% + \g@addto@macro\authors{\and#2}% + \fi + \fi + \if@ACM@anonymous + \ifx\shortauthors\@empty + \gdef\shortauthors{Anon. + \ifx\@acmSubmissionID\@empty\else Submission Id: + \@acmSubmissionID\fi}% + \fi + \else + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \ifx\shortauthors\@empty + \gdef\shortauthors{#2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\shortauthors{\and#2}% + \fi + \else + \ifx\shortauthors\@empty + \gdef\shortauthors{#1}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\shortauthors{\and#1}% + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\affiliation} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/06/25}{Added code for author groups} +% The macro \cs{affiliation} mimics \cs{address} from |amsart|. +% Note that it has an optional argument, which we use differently +% from |amsart|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\affiliation}[2][]{% + \global\@insideauthorgroupfalse + \if@ACM@anonymous\else + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\affiliation{#1}{#2}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added macro} +% Whether to use the author's punctuation (false by default, which adds +% American-style address punctuation) +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{@ACM@affiliation@}[@ACM@affiliation@]{obeypunctuation}% +[true]{}{\ClassError{\@classname}{The option obeypunctuation can be either true or false}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\additionalaffiliation} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Added macro} +% Additional affiliations go to footnotes +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\additionalaffiliation#1{\authornote{\@additionalaffiliation{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@additionalaffiliation} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Added macro} +% Process \cs{additionalaffiliation} inside \cs{authornote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@additionalaffiliation#1{\bgroup + \def\position##1{\ignorespaces}% + \def\institution##1{##1\ignorespaces}% + \def\department{\@ifnextchar[{\@department}{\@department[]}}% + \def\@department[##1]##2{\unskip, ##2\ignorespaces}% + \let\streetaddress\position + \let\city\position + \let\state\position + \let\postcode\position + \let\country\position + Also with #1\unskip.\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\email} +% \changes{v1.57}{2018/12/09}{Added warning if \cs{author} has comma} +% The macro \cs{email} mimics \cs{email} from |amsart|. +% Again, it has an optional argument that we do not currently need +% but keep for possible future use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\email}[2][]{% + \IfSubStr{#2}{,}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{Do not put several + addresses in the same \string\email\space macro!}}{}% + \if@ACM@anonymous\else + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\email{#1}{#2}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\orcid} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/06/25}{Introduced macro} +% Right now we do not typeset ORCIDs +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\orcid#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\authorsaddresses} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/27}{Introduced macro} +% Setting up authors' addresses +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\authorsaddresses#1{\def\@authorsaddresses{#1}} +\authorsaddresses{\@mkauthorsaddresses} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@titlenotes} +% The title notes +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@titlenotes{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\titlenote} +% Adding a note to the title +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\titlenote#1{% + \g@addto@macro\@title{\footnotemark}% + \if@ACM@anonymous + \g@addto@macro\@titlenotes{% + \stepcounter{footnote}\footnotetext{Title note}}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@titlenotes{\stepcounter{footnote}\footnotetext{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@subtitlenotes} +% The subtitle notes +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@subtitlenotes{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subtitlenote} +% Adding a note to the subtitle +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\subtitlenote#1{% + \g@addto@macro\@subtitle{\footnotemark}% + \if@ACM@anonymous + \g@addto@macro\@subtitlenotes{% + \stepcounter{footnote}\footnotetext{Subtitle note}}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@subtitlenotes{% + \stepcounter{footnote}\footnotetext{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@authornotes} +% The author notes +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@authornotes{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\authornote} +% Adding a note to the author +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\authornote#1{% + \if@ACM@anonymous\else + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\@authornotemark}% + \g@addto@macro\@authornotes{% + \stepcounter{footnote}\footnotetext{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\authornotemark} +% \changes{v1.39}{2017/05/14}{Added macro} +% Adding a footnote mark to the authors +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\authornotemark[1][\relax]{% + \ifx#1\relax\relax\relax + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\@authornotemark}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\addresses{\@@authornotemark{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmVolume} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{The default is now numerical} +% The current volume +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmVolume#1{\def\@acmVolume{#1}} +\acmVolume{1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmNumber} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{The default is now numerical} +% The current number +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmNumber#1{\def\@acmNumber{#1}} +\acmNumber{1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmArticle} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{The default is now numerical} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/111}{The default is now empty} +% The current article +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmArticle#1{\def\@acmArticle{#1}} +\acmArticle{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmArticleSeq} +% \changes{v1.04}{2016/04/26}{Name change by Matthew Fluet} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Now acmArticle might be empty} +% The sequence number +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmArticleSeq#1{\def\@acmArticleSeq{#1}} +\acmArticleSeq{\@acmArticle} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmYear} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{The default is now numerical} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{The default now is the current year +% (Matteo Riondato)} +% The current year +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmYear#1{\def\@acmYear{#1}} +\acmYear{\the\year} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmMonth} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/09}{The default must be numerical. Closes \#50.} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{The default now is the current month +% (Matteo Riondato)} +% The current month +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmMonth#1{\def\@acmMonth{#1}} +\acmMonth{\the\month} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmPubDate} +% The publication date +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmPubDate{\ifcase\@acmMonth\or + January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or + July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or + December\fi~\@acmYear} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmPrice} +% The price +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmPrice#1{\def\@acmPrice{#1}} +\acmPrice{15.00} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmSubmissionID} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added macro} +% The submission ID +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmSubmissionID#1{\def\@acmSubmissionID{#1}} +\acmSubmissionID{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmISBN} +% \changes{v1.04}{2016/04/26}{Name change by Matthew Fluet} +% The book ISBN +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmISBN#1{\def\@acmISBN{#1}} +\acmISBN{978-x-xxxx-xxxx-x/YY/MM} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmDOI} +% \changes{v1.04}{2016/04/26}{Name change by Matthew Fluet} +% The paper DOI +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\acmDOI#1{\def\@acmDOI{#1}} +\acmDOI{10.1145/nnnnnnn.nnnnnnn} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@badge} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% Whether to print a badge. Note that either a left or right badge +% triggers it: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@ACM@badge +\@ACM@badgefalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@ACM@badge@width} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% The width of the badge +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength\@ACM@badge@width +\setlength\@ACM@badge@width{5pc} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@ACM@title@width} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% The width of the badge +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength\@ACM@title@width +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@ACM@badge@skip} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% The space between the badge and the title +% \begin{macrocode} +\newlength\@ACM@badge@skip +\setlength\@ACM@badge@skip{1pc} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmBadgeR} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% Setting the right badge +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\acmBadgeR[2][]{\@ACM@badgetrue + \def\@acmBadgeR@url{#1}% + \def\@acmBadgeR@image{#2}} +\def\@acmBadgeR@url{} +\def\@acmBadgeR@image{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acmBadgeL} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% Setting the left badge +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\acmBadgeL[2][]{\@ACM@badgetrue + \def\@acmBadgeL@url{#1}% + \def\@acmBadgeL@image{#2}} +\def\@acmBadgeL@url{} +\def\@acmBadgeL@image{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\startPage} +% The start page of the paper +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\startPage#1{\def\@startPage{#1}} +\startPage{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\terms} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/09}{The \cs{terms} command now just produces +% a warning} +% Terms are obsolete. We use CCS now. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\terms#1{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{The command \string\terms{} is + obsolete. I am going to ignore it}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keywords} +% Keywords are mostly obsolete. We use CCS now. Still it makes +% sense to keep them for compatibility. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\keywords#1{\def\@keywords{#1}} +\keywords{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{abstract} +% The |amsart| package puts |abstract| in a box. Since we do not +% know whether we will use two-column mode, we prefer to save the text +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewenvironment{abstract}{\Collect@Body\@saveabstract}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@saveabstract} +% And saving the abstract +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@saveabstract#1{\if@ACM@maketitle@typeset + \ClassError{\@classname}{Abstract must be defined before maketitle + command. Please move it!}\fi + \long\gdef\@abstract{#1}} +\@saveabstract{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@lempty} +% The long version of \cs{@empty} (to compare with \cs{@abstract}) +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@lempty{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@printccs} +% \changes{v1.27}{2016/12/29}{Typo corrected} +% Whether to print CCS +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{@ACM@topmatter@}[@ACM@]{printccs}[true]{% + \if@ACM@printccs + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Printing CCS}% + \else + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Suppressing CCS}% + \fi}{\ClassError{\@classname}{The option printccs can be either true or false}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@printacmref} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Renamed from \cs{if@ACM@printbib}} +% Whether to print the ACM bibstrip +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{@ACM@topmatter@}[@ACM@]{printacmref}[true]{% + \if@ACM@printacmref + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Printing bibformat}% + \else + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Suppressing bibformat}% + \fi}{\ClassError{\@classname}{The option printacmref can be either true or false}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@ACM@printfolios} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Added macro} +% Whether to print folios +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey+{@ACM@topmatter@}[@ACM@]{printfolios}[true]{% + \if@ACM@printfolios + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Printing folios}% + \else + \ClassInfo{\@classname}{Suppressing folios}% + \fi}{\ClassError{\@classname}{The option printfolios can be either true or false}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@ACM@authorsperrow} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/13}{Added macro} +% The number of authors per row. 0 means use the default algorithm. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@cmdkey{@ACM@topmatter@}[@ACM@]{authorsperrow}[0]{% + \IfInteger{#1}{\ClassInfo{\@classname}{Setting authorsperrow to + #1}}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{The parameter authorsperrow must be + numerical. Ignoring the input #1}\gdef\@ACM@authorsperrow{0}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\settopmatter} +% The usual syntactic sugar +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\settopmatter#1{\setkeys{@ACM@topmatter@}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Print bibliographic information by +% default for the proceedings} +% Now the settings +% \begin{macrocode} +\settopmatter{printccs=true, printacmref=true} +\if@ACM@manuscript + \settopmatter{printfolios=true} +\else + \if@ACM@journal + \settopmatter{printfolios=true} + \else + \settopmatter{printfolios=false} + \fi +\fi +\settopmatter{authorsperrow=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@received} +% The container for the paper history +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@received{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\received} +% The \cs{received} command +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\received[2][]{\def\@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \ifx\@received\@empty + \gdef\@received{Received #2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro{\@received}{; revised #2}% + \fi + \else + \ifx\@received\@empty + \gdef\@received{#1 #2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro{\@received}{; #1 #2}% + \fi + \fi} +\AtEndDocument{% + \ifx\@received\@empty\else + \par\bigskip\noindent\small\normalfont\@received\par + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{Concepts system} +%\label{sec:concepts} +% +% We exclude |CCSXML| stuff generated by the ACM system: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{comment} +\excludecomment{CCSXML} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@concepts} +% This is the storage macro and counter for concepts +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@concepts\@empty +\newcounter{@concepts} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ccsdesc} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Now we can parse |Significance~General| nodes} +% The first argument is the significance, the second is the +% concept(s) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\ccsdesc[2][100]{% + \ccsdesc@parse#1~#2~~\ccsdesc@parse@end} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ccsdesc@parse} +% \changes{v1.28}{2017/01/04}{Change from \cs{to} to +% \cs{textrightarrow} (Matteo Riondato)} +% \changes{v1.29}{2017/01/22}{Add spacing after bullet and around +% rightarrow; semicolon separators no longer in bold/italic (John Wickerson)} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Now we can parse |Significance~General| nodes} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/10/23}{End the concepts list with a period +% (Philip Quinn)} +% The parser of the expression |Significance~General~Specific| (we need +% |textcomp| for |\textrightarrow|). Note that |Specific| can be empty! +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{textcomp} +\def\ccsdesc@parse#1~#2~#3~{% + \stepcounter{@concepts}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname CCS@General@#2\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\gdef\csname CCS@General@#2\endcsname{\textbullet\ + \textbf{#2}}% + \expandafter\gdef\csname CCS@Punctuation@#2\endcsname{; }% + \expandafter\gdef\csname CCS@Specific@#2\endcsname{}% + \g@addto@macro{\@concepts}{\csname CCS@General@#2\endcsname + \csname CCS@Punctuation@#2\endcsname + \csname CCS@Specific@#2\endcsname}% + \fi + \ifx#3\relax\relax\else + \expandafter\gdef\csname CCS@Punctuation@#2\endcsname{ + \textrightarrow\ }% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter{\csname CCS@Specific@#2\endcsname}{% + \addtocounter{@concepts}{-1}% + \ifnum#1>499\textbf{#3}\else + \ifnum#1>299\textit{#3}\else + #3\fi\fi\ifnum\value{@concepts}=0.\else; \fi}% + \fi +\ccsdesc@parse@finish} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ccdesc@parse@finish} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Added macro} +% Gobble everything to |\ccsdesc@parse@end| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ccsdesc@parse@finish#1\ccsdesc@parse@end{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{Copyright system} +%\label{sec:copyright} +% +% This is from |acmcopyright.sty| +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@printcopyright} +% Whether to print a copyright symbol +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@printcopyright +\@printcopyrighttrue +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@printpermission} +% Whether to print the permission block +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@printpermission +\@printpermissiontrue +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@acmowned} +% Whether the ACM owns the rights to the paper +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\if@acmowned +\@acmownedtrue +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.10}{2016/05/22}{Changes of `licensedothergov' wording} +% \changes{v1.35}{2017/04/22}{If the copyright is set to usgov or +% rigtsretained, the price is suppressed} +% \changes{v1.51}{2018/04/05}{Suppress price if the copyright is set +% to iw3c2w3 or iw3c2w3g} +% \changes{v1.51}{2018/04/05}{Corrected the bug with price suppression} +% Keys: +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*{ACM@}{acmcopyrightmode}[% + \acm@copyrightinput\acm@copyrightmode]{none,% + acmcopyright,acmlicensed,rightsretained,% + usgov,usgovmixed,cagov,cagovmixed,licensedusgovmixed,% + licensedcagov,licensedcagovmixed,othergov,licensedothergov,% + iw3c2w3,iw3c2w3g}{% + \@printpermissiontrue + \@printcopyrighttrue + \@acmownedtrue + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=0\relax % none + \@printpermissionfalse + \@printcopyrightfalse + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=2\relax % acmlicensed + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=3\relax % rightsretained + \@acmownedfalse + \AtBeginDocument{\acmPrice{}}% + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=4\relax % usgov + \@printpermissiontrue + \@printcopyrightfalse + \@acmownedfalse + \AtBeginDocument{\acmPrice{}}% + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=6\relax % cagov + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=8\relax % licensedusgovmixed + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=9\relax % licensedcagov + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=10\relax % licensedcagovmixed + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=11\relax % othergov + \@acmownedtrue + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=12\relax % licensedothergov + \@acmownedfalse + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=13\relax % iw3c2w3 + \@acmownedfalse + \AtBeginDocument{\acmPrice{}}% + \fi + \ifnum\acm@copyrightmode=14\relax % iw3c2w3g + \@acmownedfalse + \AtBeginDocument{\acmPrice{}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcopyright} +% This is the syntactic sugar around setting keys. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\setcopyright#1{\setkeys{ACM@}{acmcopyrightmode=#1}} +\setcopyright{acmcopyright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@copyrightowner} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/16}{Added new copyright version: +% licensedcagov} +% \changes{v1.52}{2018/04/09}{Rewording of licenses} +% Here is the owner of the copyright +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@copyrightowner{% + \ifcase\acm@copyrightmode\relax % none + \or % acmcopyright + Association for Computing Machinery. + \or % acmlicensed + Copyright held by the owner/author(s). Publication rights licensed to + ACM\@. + \or % rightsretained + Copyright held by the owner/author(s). + \or % usgov + \or % usgovmixed + Association for Computing Machinery. + \or % cagov + Crown in Right of Canada. + \or %cagovmixed + Association for Computing Machinery. + \or %licensedusgovmixed + Copyright held by the owner/author(s). Publication rights licensed to + ACM\@. + \or % licensedcagov + Crown in Right of Canada. Publication rights licensed to + ACM\@. + \or %licensedcagovmixed + Copyright held by the owner/author(s). Publication rights licensed to + ACM\@. + \or % othergov + Association for Computing Machinery. + \or % licensedothergov + Copyright held by the owner/author(s). Publication rights licensed to + ACM\@. + \or % ic2w3www + IW3C2 (International World Wide Web Conference Committee), published + under Creative Commons CC-BY~4.0 License. + \or % ic2w3wwwgoogle + IW3C2 (International World Wide Web Conference Committee), published + under Creative Commons CC-BY-NC-ND~4.0 License. + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@formatdoi} +% \changes{v1.03}{2016/04/22}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.32}{2017/04/07}{New doi format} +% Print a clickable DOI +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@formatdoi#1{\url{https://doi.org/#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@copyrightpermission} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/16}{Added new copyright version: licensedcagov} +% \changes{v1.50}{2018/02/07}{New copyright statements for iw3c2w3[g]} +% \changes{v1.52}{2018/04/09}{Another rewording of copyright +% statements for iw3c2w3[g]} +% The canned permission block. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@copyrightpermission{% + \ifcase\acm@copyrightmode\relax % none + \or % acmcopyright + Permission to make digital or hard copies of all or part of this + work for personal or classroom use is granted without fee provided + that copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial + advantage and that copies bear this notice and the full citation on + the first page. Copyrights for components of this work owned by + others than ACM must be honored. Abstracting with credit is + permitted. To copy otherwise, or republish, to post on servers or to + redistribute to lists, requires prior specific permission + and\hspace*{.5pt}/or a fee. Request permissions from + permissions@acm.org. + \or % acmlicensed + Permission to make digital or hard copies of all or part of this + work for personal or classroom use is granted without fee provided + that copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial + advantage and that copies bear this notice and the full citation on + the first page. Copyrights for components of this work owned by + others than the author(s) must be honored. Abstracting with credit + is permitted. To copy otherwise, or republish, to post on servers + or to redistribute to lists, requires prior specific permission + and\hspace*{.5pt}/or a fee. Request permissions from + permissions@acm.org. + \or % rightsretained + Permission to make digital or hard copies of part or all of this work + for personal or classroom use is granted without fee provided that + copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial advantage + and that copies bear this notice and the full citation on the first + page. Copyrights for third-party components of this work must be + honored. For all other uses, contact the + owner\hspace*{.5pt}/author(s). + \or % usgov + This paper is authored by an employee(s) of the United States + Government and is in the public domain. Non-exclusive copying or + redistribution is allowed, provided that the article citation is + given and the authors and agency are clearly identified as its + source. + \or % usgovmixed + ACM acknowledges that this contribution was authored or co-authored + by an employee, contractor, or affiliate of the United States government. As such, + the United States government retains a nonexclusive, royalty-free right to + publish or reproduce this article, or to allow others to do so, for + government purposes only. + \or % cagov + This article was authored by employees of the Government of Canada. + As such, the Canadian government retains all interest in the + copyright to this work and grants to ACM a nonexclusive, + royalty-free right to publish or reproduce this article, or to allow + others to do so, provided that clear attribution is given both to + the authors and the Canadian government agency employing them. + Permission to make digital or hard copies for personal or classroom + use is granted. Copies must bear this notice and the full citation + on the first page. Copyrights for components of this work owned by + others than the Canadian Government must be honored. To copy + otherwise, distribute, republish, or post, requires prior specific + permission and\hspace*{.5pt}/or a fee. Request permissions from + permissions@acm.org. + \or % cagovmixed + ACM acknowledges that this contribution was co-authored by an + affiliate of the national government of Canada. As such, the Crown + in Right of Canada retains an equal interest in the copyright. + Reprints must include clear attribution to ACM and the author's + government agency affiliation. Permission to make digital or hard + copies for personal or classroom use is granted. Copies must bear + this notice and the full citation on the first page. Copyrights for + components of this work owned by others than ACM must be honored. + To copy otherwise, distribute, republish, or post, requires prior + specific permission and\hspace*{.5pt}/or a fee. Request permissions + from permissions@acm.org. + \or % licensedusgovmixed + Publication rights licensed to ACM\@. ACM acknowledges that this + contribution was authored or co-authored by an employee, contractor + or affiliate of the United States government. As such, the + Government retains a nonexclusive, royalty-free right to publish or + reproduce this article, or to allow others to do so, for Government + purposes only. + \or % licensedcagov + This article was authored by employees of the Government of Canada. + As such, the Canadian government retains all interest in the + copyright to this work and grants to ACM a nonexclusive, + royalty-free right to publish or reproduce this article, or to allow + others to do so, provided that clear attribution is given both to + the authors and the Canadian government agency employing them. + Permission to make digital or hard copies for personal or classroom + use is granted. Copies must bear this notice and the full citation + on the first page. Copyrights for components of this work owned by + others than the Canadian Government must be honored. To copy + otherwise, distribute, republish, or post, requires prior specific + permission and\hspace*{.5pt}/or a fee. Request permissions from + permissions@acm.org. + \or % licensedcagovmixed + Publication rights licensed to ACM\@. ACM acknowledges that this + contribution was authored or co-authored by an employee, contractor + or affiliate of the national government of Canada. As such, the + Government retains a nonexclusive, royalty-free right to publish or + reproduce this article, or to allow others to do so, for Government + purposes only. + \or % othergov + ACM acknowledges that this contribution was authored or co-authored + by an employee, contractor or affiliate of a national government. As + such, the Government retains a nonexclusive, royalty-free right to + publish or reproduce this article, or to allow others to do so, for + Government purposes only. + \or % licensedothergov + Publication rights licensed to ACM\@. ACM acknowledges that this + contribution was authored or co-authored by an employee, contractor + or affiliate of a national government. As such, the Government + retains a nonexclusive, royalty-free right to publish or reproduce + this article, or to allow others to do so, for Government purposes + only. + \or % iw3c2w3 + This paper is published under the Creative Commons Attribution~4.0 + International (CC-BY~4.0) license. Authors reserve their rights to + disseminate the work on their personal and corporate Web sites with + the appropriate attribution. + \or % iw3c2w3g + This paper is published under the Creative Commons + Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs~4.0 International + (CC-BY-NC-ND~4.0) license. Authors reserve their rights to + disseminate the work on their personal and corporate Web sites with + the appropriate attribution. + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\copyrightyear} +% By default, the copyright year is the same as \cs{acmYear}, but +% one can override this: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\copyrightyear#1{\def\@copyrightyear{#1}} +\copyrightyear{\@acmYear} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@teaserfigures} +% The teaser figures container +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@teaserfigures{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{teaserfigure} +% The teaser figure +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{teaserfigure}{\Collect@Body\@saveteaser}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@saveteaser} +% Saving the teaser +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\@saveteaser#1{\g@addto@macro\@teaserfigures{\@teaser{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\thanks} +% We redefine |amsart| \cs{thanks} so the |anonymous| key works +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{% + \@ifnotempty{#1}{% + \if@ACM@anonymous + \g@addto@macro\thankses{\thanks{A note}}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\thankses{\thanks{#1}}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Typesetting top matter} +% \label{sec:makefile} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mktitle@bx} +% Some of our formats use a two-column design. Some use a one-column +% design. In all cases we use a wide title. Thus we typeset the top +% matter in a special box to be used in the construction +% \cs{@twocolumn}\oarg{box}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbox\mktitle@bx +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\maketitle} +% \changes{v1.03}{2016/04/22}{Added special case of authorversion} +% \changes{v1.07}{2016/05/03}{Corrected a bug with abstract footnotes} +% \changes{v1.07}{2016/05/03}{Corrected a bug with permssion and +% footnotes order} +% \changes{v1.10}{2016/05/23}{Corrected a bug with doi in manuscript +% and author vertsion, +% \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/36}} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Moved thankses to copyrightpermission box} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/27}{Fixed the bug with figures on top and +% bottom of the title page, thanks to David Epstein} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/09}{Deleted `DOI' from doi numbers} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/09}{Added date to the bibstrip in conf proceedings} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/09}{The \cs{terms} command is now obsolete} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/11}{Rearranged bibstrip} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Empty DOI or ISBN are not printed (by +% Michael Ekstrand)} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/27}{Added authors' addresses} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/28}{Thankses go before authors' addresses} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/23}{Added acmart and version info to +% pdfcreator tag} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/10/14}{Suppressed empty DOI (Serguei Mokhov)} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/11/18}{Added language and doctitle attributes +% to PDF (Andreas Reichinger)} +% \changes{v1.55}{2018/10/14}{Fixes topnum} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Original \cs{vspace} inside +% \cs{maketitle}} +% \changes{v1.64}{2019/08/17}{Added a switch setting to show that +% \cs{maketitle} is typeset} +% The (in)famous \cs{maketitle}. Note that in |sigchi-a| mode, authors +% are \emph{not} in the title box. +% +% Another note: there is a subtle difference between author notes, +% title notes and thanks. The latter two refer to the paper itself +% and therefore belong to the copyright/permission block. By the +% way, this was the default behavior of the old ACM classes. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\maketitle{% + \@ACM@maketitle@typesettrue + \if@ACM@anonymous + % Anonymize omission of \author-s + \ifnum\num@authorgroups=0\author{}\fi + \fi + \begingroup + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig + \let\@footnotemark\@footnotemark@nolink + \let\@footnotetext\@footnotetext@nolink + \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% + \hsize=\textwidth + \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}}% + \@mktitle\if@ACM@sigchiamode\else\@mkauthors\fi\@mkteasers + \@printtopmatter + \if@ACM@sigchiamode\@mkauthors\fi + \setcounter{footnote}{0}% + \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}% + \@titlenotes + \@subtitlenotes + \@authornotes + \let\@makefnmark\relax + \let\@thefnmark\relax + \let\@makefntext\noindent + \ifx\@empty\thankses\else + \footnotetextauthorsaddresses{% + \def\par{\let\par\@par}\parindent\z@\@setthanks}% + \fi + \ifx\@empty\@authorsaddresses\else + \if@ACM@anonymous\else + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \footnotetextauthorsaddresses{% + \def\par{\let\par\@par}\parindent\z@\@setauthorsaddresses}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \if@ACM@nonacm\else\footnotetextcopyrightpermission{% + \if@ACM@authordraft + \raisebox{-2ex}[\z@][\z@]{\makebox[0pt][l]{\large\bfseries + Unpublished working draft. Not for distribution.}}% + \color[gray]{0.9}% + \fi + \parindent\z@\parskip0.1\baselineskip + \if@ACM@authorversion\else + \if@printpermission\@copyrightpermission\par\fi + \fi + \if@ACM@manuscript\else + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip\else % Print the conference information + {\itshape \acmConference@shortname, \acmConference@date, \acmConference@venue}\par + \fi + \fi + \if@printcopyright + \copyright\ \@copyrightyear\ \@copyrightowner\\ + \else + \@copyrightyear.\ + \fi + \if@ACM@manuscript + Manuscript submitted to ACM\\ + \else + \if@ACM@authorversion + This is the author's version of the work. It is posted here for + your personal use. Not for redistribution. The definitive Version + of Record was published in + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \emph{\@journalName}% + \else + \emph{\@acmBooktitle}% + \fi + \ifx\@acmDOI\@empty + . + \else + , \@formatdoi{\@acmDOI}. + \fi\\ + \else + \if@ACM@nonacm\else + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \@permissionCodeOne/\@acmYear/\@acmMonth-ART\@acmArticle + \ifx\@acmPrice\@empty\else\ \$\@acmPrice\fi\\ + \@formatdoi{\@acmDOI}% + \else % Conference + \ifx\@acmISBN\@empty\else ACM~ISBN~\@acmISBN + \ifx\@acmPrice\@empty.\else\dots\$\@acmPrice\fi\\\fi + \ifx\@acmDOI\@empty\else\@formatdoi{\@acmDOI}\fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} + \fi + \endgroup + \setcounter{footnote}{0}% + \@mkabstract + \if@ACM@printccs + \ifx\@concepts\@empty\else\bgroup + {\@specialsection{CCS Concepts}% + \@concepts\par}\egroup + \fi + \fi + \ifx\@keywords\@empty\else\bgroup + {\if@ACM@journal + \@specialsection{Additional Key Words and Phrases}% + \else + \@specialsection{Keywords}% + \fi + \@keywords}\par\egroup + \fi + \andify\authors + \andify\shortauthors + \global\let\authors=\authors + \global\let\shortauthors=\shortauthors + \if@ACM@printacmref + \@mkbibcitation + \fi + \hypersetup{% + pdfauthor={\authors}, + pdftitle={\@title}, + pdfsubject={\@concepts}, + pdfkeywords={\@keywords}, + pdfcreator={LaTeX with acmart + \csname ver@acmart.cls\endcsname\space + and hyperref + \csname ver@hyperref.sty\endcsname}}% + \global\@topnum\z@ % this prevents floats from falling + % at the top of page 1 + \global\@botnum\z@ % we do not want them to be on the bottom either + \@printendtopmatter + \@afterindentfalse + \@afterheading +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@specialsection} +% This macro starts sections for proceedings and uses \cs{small} for journals +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@specialsection#1{% + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \par\medskip\small\noindent#1: % + \or % acmsmall + \par\medskip\small\noindent#1: % + \or % acmlarge + \par\medskip\small\noindent#1: % + \or % acmtog + \par\medskip\small\noindent#1: % + \or % sigconf + \section*{#1}% + \or % siggraph + \section*{#1}% + \or % sigplan + \paragraph*{#1}% + \or % sigchi + \section*{#1}% + \or % sigchi-a + \section*{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@printtopmatter} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added processing badges} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/29}{Deleted rule} +% The printing of top matter starts a new page and uses the given +% title box. Note that for |sigchi-a| we print badges here rather +% than in \cs{mktitle} since we want them in the margins. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@printtopmatter{% + \ifx\@startPage\@empty + \gdef\@startPage{1}% + \else + \setcounter{page}{\@startPage}% + \fi + \thispagestyle{firstpagestyle}% + \noindent + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \box\mktitle@bx\par + \or % acmsmall + \box\mktitle@bx\par + \or % acmlarge + \box\mktitle@bx\par + \or % acmtog + \twocolumn[\box\mktitle@bx]% + \or % sigconf + \twocolumn[\box\mktitle@bx]% + \or % siggraph + \twocolumn[\box\mktitle@bx]% + \or % sigplan + \twocolumn[\box\mktitle@bx]% + \or % sigchi + \twocolumn[\box\mktitle@bx]% + \or % sigchi-a + \par\box\mktitle@bx\par\bigskip + \if@ACM@badge + \marginpar{\noindent + \ifx\@acmBadgeL@image\@empty\else + \href{\@acmBadgeL@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeL@image}}% + \hskip\@ACM@badge@skip + \fi + \ifx\@acmBadgeR@image\@empty\else + \href{\@acmBadgeR@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeR@image}}% + \fi}% + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mktitle} +% The title of the article +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mktitle{% + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \@mktitle@i + \or % acmsmall + \@mktitle@i + \or % acmlarge + \@mktitle@i + \or % acmtog + \@mktitle@i + \or % sigconf + \@mktitle@iii + \or % siggraph + \@mktitle@iii + \or % sigplan + \@mktitle@iii + \or % sigchi + \@mktitle@iii + \or % sigchi-a + \@mktitle@iv + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@titlefont} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.45}{2017/08/15}{Switched \cs{bfeseries}\cs{sffamily} to +% \cs{sffamily}\cs{bfseries}} +% The font to typeset the title +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@titlefont{% + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \LARGE\sffamily\bfseries + \or % acmsmall + \LARGE\sffamily\bfseries + \or % acmlarge + \LARGE\sffamily\bfseries + \or % acmtog + \Huge\sffamily + \or % sigconf + \Huge\sffamily\bfseries + \or % siggraph + \Huge\sffamily\bfseries + \or % sigplan + \Huge\bfseries + \or % sigchi + \Huge\sffamily\bfseries + \or % sigchi-a + \Huge\bfseries + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@subtitlefont} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/12}{Added \cs{normalsize}} +% The font to typeset the subtitle +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@subtitlefont{\normalsize + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \mdseries + \or % acmsmall + \mdseries + \or % acmlarge + \mdseries + \or % acmtog + \LARGE + \or % sigconf + \LARGE\mdseries + \or % siggraph + \LARGE\mdseries + \or % sigplan + \LARGE\mdseries + \or % sigchi + \LARGE\mdseries + \or % sigchi-a + \mdseries + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mktitle@i} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Made generic} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added processing badges} +% The version of \cs{mktitle} for most journals +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mktitle@i{\hsize=\textwidth + \@ACM@title@width=\hsize + \ifx\@acmBadgeL@image\@empty\else + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -\@ACM@badge@width + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -\@ACM@badge@skip + \fi + \ifx\@acmBadgeR@image\@empty\else + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -\@ACM@badge@width + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -\@ACM@badge@skip + \fi + \setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\noindent\@titlefont + \ifx\@acmBadgeL@image\@empty\else + \raisebox{-.5\baselineskip}[\z@][\z@]{\href{\@acmBadgeL@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeL@image}}}% + \hskip\@ACM@badge@skip + \fi + \parbox[t]{\@ACM@title@width}{\raggedright + \@titlefont\noindent + \@title + \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else + \par\noindent{\@subtitlefont\@subtitle} + \fi}% + \ifx\@acmBadgeR@image\@empty\else + \hskip\@ACM@badge@skip + \raisebox{-.5\baselineskip}[\z@][\z@]{\href{\@acmBadgeR@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeR@image}}}% + \fi + \par\bigskip}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mktitle@ii} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Now this macro is obsolete} +% The version of \cs{mktitle} for TOG. Since v1.06, this is subsumed by +% the \cs{mktitle@i} macro +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mktitle@iii} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Made more generic} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Added processing badges} +% The version of \cs{@mktitle} for SIG proceedings. Note that since +% the title is centered, we leave space for the left badge even if +% only the right badge is defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mktitle@iii{\hsize=\textwidth + \setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\@titlefont\centering + \@ACM@title@width=\hsize + \if@ACM@badge + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -2\@ACM@badge@width + \advance\@ACM@title@width by -2\@ACM@badge@skip + \parbox[b]{\@ACM@badge@width}{\strut + \ifx\@acmBadgeL@image\@empty\else + \raisebox{-.5\baselineskip}[\z@][\z@]{\href{\@acmBadgeL@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeL@image}}}% + \fi}% + \hskip\@ACM@badge@skip + \fi + \parbox[t]{\@ACM@title@width}{\centering\@titlefont + \@title + \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else + \par\noindent{\@subtitlefont\@subtitle} + \fi + }% + \if@ACM@badge + \hskip\@ACM@badge@skip + \parbox[b]{\@ACM@badge@width}{\strut + \ifx\@acmBadgeR@image\@empty\else + \raisebox{-.5\baselineskip}[\z@][\z@]{\href{\@acmBadgeR@url}{% + \includegraphics[width=\@ACM@badge@width]{\@acmBadgeR@image}}}% + \fi}% + \fi + \par\bigskip}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mktitle@iv} +% \changes{v1.06}{2016/05/01}{Made more generic} +% The version of \cs{@mktitle} for |sigchi-a| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mktitle@iv{\hsize=\textwidth + \setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\raggedright\leftskip5pc\@titlefont + \noindent\leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 2pt\hfill\kern0pt\par + \noindent\@title + \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else + \par\noindent\@subtitlefont\@subtitle + \fi + \par\bigskip}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@ACM@addtoaddress} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% This macro adds an item to the address using the following rules: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item If we start a paragraph, add the item +% \item Otherwise, add a comma and the item +% \item However, the comma is deleted if it is at the end of a +% line. We use the magic \cs{cleaders} trick for this. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbox\@ACM@commabox +\def\@ACM@addtoaddress#1{% + \ifvmode\else + \if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation\else + \setbox\@ACM@commabox=\hbox{, }% + \unskip\cleaders\copy\@ACM@commabox\hskip\wd\@ACM@commabox + \fi\fi + #1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\institution} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \begin{macro}{\position} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \begin{macro}{\department} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.30}{2017/02/10}{Added optional parameter} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \begin{macro}{\streetaddress} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/15}{We now do not print this even in SIG} +% \begin{macro}{\city} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/15}{We now do not print this even in SIG} +% \begin{macro}{\state} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/15}{We now do not print this even in SIG} +% \begin{macro}{\postcode} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/15}{We now do not print this even in SIG} +% \begin{macro}{\country} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/03}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Fixed bugs with extra spaces} +% \changes{v1.43}{2017/07/11}{Added comma before country for journals} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/30}{Corrected spacing for institution} +% Theoretically we can define the macros for \cs{affiliation} inside +% the \cs{@mkauthors}-style commands. However, this would lead to a +% strange error if an author uses them outside \cs{affiliation}. Of +% course we can make them produce an error message, but\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\streetaddress#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} +\def\postcode#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} +\if@ACM@journal + \def\position#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} + \def\institution#1{\unskip~#1\ignorespaces} + \def\city#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} + \def\state#1{\unskip\ignorespaces} + \newcommand\department[2][0]{\unskip\ignorespaces} + \def\country#1{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation\else, \fi#1\ignorespaces} +\else + \def\position#1{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation#1\else#1\par\fi}% + \def\institution#1{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation#1\else#1\par\fi}% + \newcommand\department[2][0]{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation + #2\else#2\par\fi}% +% \def\streetaddress#1{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation#1\else#1\par\fi}% + \let\city\@ACM@addtoaddress + \let\state\@ACM@addtoaddress +% \def\postcode#1{\if@ACM@affiliation@obeypunctuation#1\else\unskip\space#1\fi}% + \let\country\@ACM@addtoaddress +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthors} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/09}{TOG now uses the same authors block as +% other journals} +% Typesetting the authors +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkauthors{\begingroup + \hsize=\textwidth + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \@mkauthors@i + \or % acmsmall + \@mkauthors@i + \or % acmlarge + \@mkauthors@i + \or % acmtog + \@mkauthors@i + \or % sigconf + \@mkauthors@iii + \or % siggraph + \@mkauthors@iii + \or % sigplan + \@mkauthors@iii + \or % sigchi + \@mkauthors@iii + \or % sigchi-a + \@mkauthors@iv + \fi + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@authorfont} +% Somehow different conferences use different fonts for author +% names. Why? +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@authorfont{\Large\sffamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@affiliationfont} +% Font for affiliations +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@affiliationfont{\normalsize\normalfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Font adjustments for acmsmall} +% Adjusting fonts for different formats +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall + \def\@authorfont{\large\sffamily} + \def\@affiliationfont{\small\normalfont} +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog + \def\@authorfont{\LARGE\sffamily} + \def\@affiliationfont{\large} +\or % sigconf + \def\@authorfont{\LARGE} + \def\@affiliationfont{\large} +\or % siggraph + \def\@authorfont{\normalsize\normalfont} + \def\@affiliationfont{\normalsize\normalfont} +\or % sigplan + \def\@authorfont{\Large\normalfont} + \def\@affiliationfont{\normalsize\normalfont} +\or % sigchi + \def\@authorfont{\bfseries} + \def\@affiliationfont{\mdseries} +\or % sigchi-a + \def\@authorfont{\bfseries} + \def\@affiliationfont{\mdseries} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@typeset@author@line} +% \changes{v1.18}{2016/07/12}{Added macro} +% At this point we have \cs{@currentauthors} and +% \cs{@currentaffiliations}. We typeset them in the journal style +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@typeset@author@line{% + \andify\@currentauthors\par\noindent + \@currentauthors\def\@currentauthors{}% + \ifx\@currentaffiliations\@empty\else + \andify\@currentaffiliations + \unskip, {\@currentaffiliations}\par + \fi + \def\@currentaffiliations{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthors@i} +% \changes{v1.18}{2016/07/12}{Now we andify affiliations} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/04}{Switched to MakeTextUppercase} +% This version is used in most journal formats. Note that \cs{and} between +% authors with the same affiliation becomes \verb*| and |: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkauthors@i{% + \def\@currentauthors{}% + \def\@currentaffiliations{}% + \global\let\and\@typeset@author@line + \def\@author##1{% + \ifx\@currentauthors\@empty + \gdef\@currentauthors{\@authorfont\MakeTextUppercase{##1}}% + \else + \g@addto@macro{\@currentauthors}{\and\MakeTextUppercase{##1}}% + \fi + \gdef\and{}}% + \def\email##1##2{}% + \def\affiliation##1##2{% + \def\@tempa{##2}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else + \ifx\@currentaffiliations\@empty + \gdef\@currentaffiliations{% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}% + \@affiliationfont##2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro{\@currentaffiliations}{\and + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}##2}% + \fi + \fi + \global\let\and\@typeset@author@line}% + \global\setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\noindent\box\mktitle@bx\par\medskip + \noindent\addresses\@typeset@author@line + \par\medskip}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthors@ii} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/09}{Deleted} +% The \cs{@mkauthors@ii} command was the version used in |acmtog|. +% It is no longer necessary. +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\author@bx} +% The box to put an individual author in +% \begin{macrocode} +\newbox\author@bx +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\author@bx@wd} +% The width of the author box +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\author@bx@wd +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\author@bx@sep} +% The separation between author boxes +% \begin{macrocode} +\newskip\author@bx@sep +\author@bx@sep=1pc\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@typeset@author@bx} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/04}{Moved to separate macro} +% \changes{v1.61}{2019/05/26}{Added \cs{normalbaselines}} +% Typesetting the box with authors. Note that in |sigchi-a| the box +% is not centered. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@typeset@author@bx{\bgroup\hsize=\author@bx@wd + \def\and{\par}\normalbaselines + \global\setbox\author@bx=\vtop{\if@ACM@sigchiamode\else\centering\fi + \@authorfont\@currentauthors\par\@affiliationfont + \@currentaffiliation}\egroup + \box\author@bx\hspace{\author@bx@sep}% + \gdef\@currentauthors{}% + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthors@iii} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/04}{New authors system} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/12}{Added authorsperrow overrride} +% The |sigconf| version. Here we use a centered design with each +% author in a separate box. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkauthors@iii{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First, we need to determine the design of the author strip. The +% boxes are separated by \cs{author@bx@sep} plus two +% \cs{author@bx@sep} margins. This means that each box must be of +% width $(\cs{textwidth}-\cs{author@bx@sep})/N-\cs{author@bx@sep}$, +% where $N$ is the number of boxes per row. +% \begin{macrocode} + \author@bx@wd=\textwidth\relax + \advance\author@bx@wd by -\author@bx@sep\relax + \ifnum\@ACM@authorsperrow>0\relax + \divide\author@bx@wd by \@ACM@authorsperrow\relax + \else + \ifcase\num@authorgroups + \relax % 0? + \or % 1=one author per row + \or % 2=two authors per row + \divide\author@bx@wd by \num@authorgroups\relax + \or % 3=three authors per row + \divide\author@bx@wd by \num@authorgroups\relax + \or % 4=two authors per row (!) + \divide\author@bx@wd by 2\relax + \else % three authors per row + \divide\author@bx@wd by 3\relax + \fi + \fi + \advance\author@bx@wd by -\author@bx@sep\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% Now, parsing of \cs{addresses}: +% \begin{macrocode} + \gdef\@currentauthors{}% + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{}% + \def\@author##1{\ifx\@currentauthors\@empty + \gdef\@currentauthors{\par##1}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentauthors{\par##1}% + \fi + \gdef\and{}}% + \def\email##1##2{\ifx\@currentaffiliation\@empty + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{\bgroup + \mathchardef\UrlBreakPenalty=10000\nolinkurl{##2}\egroup}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentaffiliation{\par\bgroup + \mathchardef\UrlBreakPenalty=10000\nolinkurl{##2}\egroup}% + \fi}% + \def\affiliation##1##2{\ifx\@currentaffiliation\@empty + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}##2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentaffiliation{\par + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}##2}% + \fi + \global\let\and\@typeset@author@bx +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Actual typesetting is done by the \cs{and} macro: +% \begin{macrocode} + \hsize=\textwidth + \global\setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\noindent + \box\mktitle@bx\par\medskip\leavevmode + \lineskip=1pc\relax\centering\hspace*{-1em}% + \addresses\let\and\@typeset@author@bx\and\par\bigskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthors@iv} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added obeypunctuation code} +% \changes{v1.36}{2017/05/12}{Added authorsperrow overrride} +% The |sigchi-a| version. We put authors in the main text with +% no more than 2 authors per line, unless overriden. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkauthors@iv{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First, we need to determine the design of the author strip. The +% boxes are separated by \cs{author@bx@sep} plus two +% \cs{author@bx@sep} margins. This means that each box must be of +% width $(\cs{textwidth}-\cs{author@bx@sep})/N-\cs{author@bx@sep}$, +% where $N$ is the number of boxes per row. +% \begin{macrocode} + \author@bx@wd=\columnwidth\relax + \advance\author@bx@wd by -\author@bx@sep\relax + \ifnum\@ACM@authorsperrow>0\relax + \divide\author@bx@wd by \@ACM@authorsperrow\relax + \else + \ifcase\num@authorgroups + \relax % 0? + \or % 1=one author per row + \else % 2=two authors per row + \divide\author@bx@wd by 2\relax + \fi + \fi + \advance\author@bx@wd by -\author@bx@sep\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% Now, parsing of \cs{addresses}: +% \begin{macrocode} + \gdef\@currentauthors{}% + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{}% + \def\@author##1{\ifx\@currentauthors\@empty + \gdef\@currentauthors{\par##1}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentauthors{\par##1}% + \fi + \gdef\and{}}% + \def\email##1##2{\ifx\@currentaffiliation\@empty + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{\nolinkurl{##2}}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentaffiliation{\par\nolinkurl{##2}}% + \fi}% + \def\affiliation##1##2{\ifx\@currentaffiliation\@empty + \gdef\@currentaffiliation{% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}##2}% + \else + \g@addto@macro\@currentaffiliation{\par + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{obeypunctuation=false}% + \setkeys{@ACM@affiliation@}{##1}##2}% + \fi + \global\let\and\@typeset@author@bx}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% Actual typesetting is done by the \cs{and} macro +% \begin{macrocode} + \bgroup\hsize=\columnwidth + \par\raggedright\leftskip=\z@ + \lineskip=1pc\noindent + \addresses\let\and\@typeset@author@bx\and\par\bigskip\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkauthorsaddresses} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/27}{Introduced macro} +% Typesetting authors' addresses in the footnote style +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkauthorsaddresses{% + \ifnum\num@authors>1\relax + Authors' \else Author's \fi + \ifnum\num@authorgroups>1\relax + addresses: \else address: \fi + \bgroup + \def\streetaddress##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \def\postcode##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \def\position##1{\unskip\ignorespaces}% + \def\institution##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \def\city##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \def\state##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \renewcommand\department[2][0]{\unskip\@addpunct, ##2}% + \def\country##1{\unskip\@addpunct, ##1}% + \def\and{\unskip\@addpunct; }% + \def\@author##1{##1}% + \def\email##1##2{\unskip\@addpunct, \nolinkurl{##2}}% + \addresses + \egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@setaddresses} +% This is an |amsart| macro that we do not need. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@setaddresses{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@authornotemark} +% Adding a footnote mark to authors. This version adds a ``normal'' +% footnote mark. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@authornotemark{\g@addto@macro\@currentauthors{\footnotemark\relax}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@@authornotemark} +% \changes{v1.39}{2017/05/14}{Added macro} +% Adding a footnote mark to authors with a given number +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@authornotemark#1{\g@addto@macro\@currentauthors{\footnotemark[#1]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkteasers} +% Typesetting the teasers +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/11/1}{Added check for description} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkteasers{% + \ifx\@teaserfigures\@empty\else + \def\@teaser##1{\par\bigskip\bgroup + \captionsetup{type=figure}##1\egroup\par} + \global\setbox\mktitle@bx=\vbox{\noindent\box\mktitle@bx\par + \noindent\@Description@presentfalse + \@teaserfigures\par\if@Description@present\else + \global\@undescribed@imagestrue + \ClassWarning{\@classname}{A possible image without + description}\fi + \medskip}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkabstract} +% \changes{v1.19}{2016/07/28}{Include 'Abstract' in PDF bookmarks +% (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.20}{2016/08/03}{Deleted spurious space} +% \changes{v1.29}{2017/01/22}{Removed spurious indentation (John +% Wickerson)} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/16}{Removed spurious indentation if abstract +% is followed by an empty line} +% Typesetting the abstract +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkabstract{\bgroup + \ifx\@abstract\@lempty\else + {\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Abstract}% + \if@ACM@journal + \everypar{\setbox\z@\lastbox\everypar{}}\small + \else + \section*{\abstractname}% + \fi + \ignorespaces\@abstract\par}% + \fi\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@mkbibcitation} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Changed format for sigs} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Added \cs{nobreak}} +% \changes{v1.31}{2017/03/04}{Disabled linebreak} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/09}{Deleted DOI from doi numbers} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{If the paper has just one page, use +% `page' instead of `pages'} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/25}{Added subtitle} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/10}{Bug corrected (Ross Moore)} +% \changes{v1.55}{2018/07/25}{Bug corrected} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% Print the |bibcitation| format +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@mkbibcitation{\bgroup + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig + \def\@pages@word{\ifnum\getrefnumber{TotPages}=1\relax page\else pages\fi}% + \def\footnotemark{}% + \def\\{\unskip{} \ignorespaces}% + \def\footnote{\ClassError{\@classname}{Please do not use footnotes + inside a \string\title{} or \string\author{} command! Use + \string\titlenote{} or \string\authornote{} instead!}}% + \def\@article@string{\ifx\@acmArticle\@empty{\ }\else, + Article~\@acmArticle\ \fi}% + \par\medskip\small\noindent{\bfseries ACM Reference Format:}\par\nobreak + \noindent\bgroup + \def\\{\unskip{}, \ignorespaces}\authors\egroup. \@acmYear. \@title + \ifx\@subtitle\@empty. \else: \@subtitle. \fi + \if@ACM@nonacm\else + % The 'nonacm' option disables 'printacmref' by default, + % and the present \@mkbibcitation definition is never used + % in this case. The conditional remains useful if the user + % explicitly sets \settopmatter{printacmref=true}. + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \textit{\@journalNameShort} + \@acmVolume, \@acmNumber \@article@string (\@acmPubDate), + \ref{TotPages}~\@pages@word. + \else + In \textit{\@acmBooktitle}% + \ifx\@acmEditors\@empty\textit{.}\else + \andify\@acmEditors\textit{, }\@acmEditors~\@editorsAbbrev.% + \fi\ + ACM, New York, NY, USA% + \@article@string\unskip, \ref{TotPages}~\@pages@word. + \fi + \fi + \ifx\@acmDOI\@empty\else\@formatdoi{\@acmDOI}\fi +\par\egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@printendtopmatter} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/28}{Made it \cs{par}\cs{bigskip} uniformly} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Deleted spurious \cs{vspace} warning} +% End the top matter +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@printendtopmatter{\bgroup + \let\@vspace\@vspace@orig + \let\@vspacer\@vspacer@orig + \par\bigskip + \egroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@setthanks} +% We redefine \cs{\@setthanks} using \cs{long} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@setthanks{\long\def\thanks##1{\par##1\@addpunct.}\thankses} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@setauthorsaddresses} +% \changes{v1.46}{2018/08/25}{Introduced macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@setauthorsaddresses{\@authorsaddresses\unskip\@addpunct.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Headers and Footers} +%\label{sec:head_foot} +% +% We use |fancyhdr| for our headers and footers: +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@restore@pagestyle} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/07/30}{Added macro} +% The following code by Ross Moore protects against changes by +% the |totpages| package: +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ACM@ps@plain\ps@plain +\let\ACM@ps@myheadings\ps@myheadings +\let\ACM@ps@headings\ps@headings +\def\ACM@restore@pagestyle{% + \let\ps@plain\ACM@ps@plain + \let\ps@myheadings\ACM@ps@myheadings + \let\ps@headings\ACM@ps@headings} +\AtBeginDocument{\ACM@restore@pagestyle} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@linecount@bx} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/10}{Rulers now are continuous} +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/05/27}{Work around a bug in xcolor: looks like +% cmyk colors in boxes do not work} +% \changes{v1.46}{2017/08/28}{Rearranged the code to get rid of +% spurious underfull messages (Benjamin Byholm)} +% \changes{v1.64}{2019/08/24}{Bug fix: made the spacing on the left +% and the right size equal} +% This is the box displayed in review mode +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@review + \newsavebox{\ACM@linecount@bx} + \newlength\ACM@linecount@bxht + \newcount\ACM@linecount + \ACM@linecount\@ne\relax + \def\ACM@mk@linecount{% + \savebox{\ACM@linecount@bx}[4em][t]{\parbox[t]{4em}{\normalfont + \normalsize + \setlength{\ACM@linecount@bxht}{0pt}% + \loop{\color{red}\scriptsize\the\ACM@linecount}\\ + \global\advance\ACM@linecount by \@ne + \addtolength{\ACM@linecount@bxht}{\baselineskip}% + \ifdim\ACM@linecount@bxht<\textheight\repeat + {\color{red}\scriptsize\the\ACM@linecount}\hfill + \global\advance\ACM@linecount by \@ne}}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@linecountL} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Renamed macro} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/10}{Rulers now are continuous} +% How to display the box on the left +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@linecountL{% + \if@ACM@review + \ACM@mk@linecount + \begin{picture}(0,0)% + \put(-26,-22){\usebox{\ACM@linecount@bx}}% + \end{picture}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@linecountR} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.34}{2017/04/10}{Rulers now are continuous} +% How to display the box on the right +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@linecountR{% + \if@ACM@review + \ACM@mk@linecount + \begin{picture}(0,0)% + \put(20,-22){\usebox{\ACM@linecount@bx}}% + \end{picture}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@timestamp} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/10}{Added macro (Michael D.~Adams)} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/28}{Added current page number} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added submission id} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/16}{Fromatting change (Michael D.~Adams)} +% The timestamp system +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@ACM@timestamp + % Subtracting 30 from \time gives us the effect of rounding down despite + % \numexpr rounding to nearest + \newcounter{ACM@time@hours} + \setcounter{ACM@time@hours}{\numexpr (\time - 30) / 60 \relax} + \newcounter{ACM@time@minutes} + \setcounter{ACM@time@minutes}{\numexpr \time - \theACM@time@hours * 60 \relax} + \newcommand\ACM@timestamp{% + \footnotesize% + \ifx\@acmSubmissionID\@empty\relax\else + Submission ID: \@acmSubmissionID.{ }% + \fi + \the\year-\two@digits{\the\month}-\two@digits{\the\day}{ }% + \two@digits{\theACM@time@hours}:\two@digits{\theACM@time@minutes}{. }% + Page \thepage\ of \@startPage--\pageref*{TotPages}.% + } +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@shortauthors} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/04}{Introduced macro} +% \changes{v1.54}{2016/06/23}{Added submission id in anonymous mode} +% Even if the author redefined \cs{shortauthors}, we do not print +% it in the headers when in anonymous mode: +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@shortauthors{% + \if@ACM@anonymous + Anon. + \ifx\@acmSubmissionID\@empty\else Submission Id: \@acmSubmissionID\fi + \else\shortauthors\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@headfootfont} +% \changes{v1.16}{2016/07/07}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.48}{2017/09/16}{Deleted unnecessary switch (Michael D.~Adams)} +% \changes{v1.60}{2019/04/22}{Moved to footnotesize} +% The font to typeset header and footer text. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@headfootfont{\sffamily\footnotesize} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{standardpagestyle} +% \changes{v1.10}{2016/05/22}{Reversed folios location} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Suppressed folios if sig} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Added headers for sigs} +% \changes{v1.13}{2016/06/06}{Expanded headers for sigchi-a} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/04}{Better handling of anonymous mode} +% \changes{v1.16}{2016/07/07}{Customize header/footer text font} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Added paper title to sigs} +% \changes{v1.29}{2017/01/22}{Corrected printfolios (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/10}{Added timestamp (Michael D.~Adams)} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added right linecount for two-column formats} +% The page style for all pages but the first one +% \changes{v1.51}{2018/04/05}{We now use journal abbreviation for +% footers} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Added logic for conference papers using +% journal format} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Moved page styles to \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% The page style for all pages but the first one +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\fancypagestyle{standardpagestyle}{% + \fancyhf{}% + \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\z@}% + \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{\z@}% + \def\@acmArticlePage{% + \ifx\@acmArticle\empty% + \if@ACM@printfolios\thepage\fi% + \else% + \@acmArticle\if@ACM@printfolios:\thepage\fi% + \fi% + }% + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\if@ACM@printfolios\thepage\fi}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\if@ACM@printfolios\thepage\fi}% + \fancyhead[RE]{\@shortauthors}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL\shorttitle}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize Manuscript submitted to ACM} + \fi% + \or % acmsmall + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont\@acmArticlePage}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@headfootfont\@acmArticlePage}% + \fancyhead[RE]{\@headfootfont\@shortauthors}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont\shorttitle}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi + \or % acmlarge + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont + \@acmArticlePage\quad\textbullet\quad\@shortauthors}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@headfootfont + \shorttitle\quad\textbullet\quad\@acmArticlePage}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi + \or % acmtog + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont + \@acmArticlePage\quad\textbullet\quad\@shortauthors}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[RE]{\ACM@linecountR}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@headfootfont + \shorttitle\quad\textbullet\quad\@acmArticlePage\ACM@linecountR}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi + \else % Proceedings + \fancyfoot[C]{\if@ACM@printfolios\footnotesize\thepage\fi}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont\shorttitle}% + \fancyhead[RE]{\@headfootfont\@shortauthors\ACM@linecountR}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont\footnotesize + \acmConference@shortname, + \acmConference@date, \acmConference@venue}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@headfootfont + \acmConference@shortname, + \acmConference@date, \acmConference@venue\ACM@linecountR}% + \fi + \fi + \else % Proceedings + \fancyfoot[C]{\if@ACM@printfolios\footnotesize\thepage\fi}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont\shorttitle}% + \fancyhead[RE]{\@headfootfont\@shortauthors\ACM@linecountR}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@headfootfont + \acmConference@shortname, + \acmConference@date, \acmConference@venue}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@headfootfont + \acmConference@shortname, + \acmConference@date, \acmConference@venue\ACM@linecountR}% + \fi + \fi + \if@ACM@sigchiamode + \fancyheadoffset[L]{\dimexpr(\marginparsep+\marginparwidth)}% + \fi + \if@ACM@timestamp + \fancyfoot[LO,RE]{\ACM@timestamp} + \fi +}% +\pagestyle{standardpagestyle} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@folio@wd} +% \begin{macro}{\@folio@ht} +% \begin{macro}{\@folio@voffset} +% \begin{macro}{\@folio@max} +% Folio blob width, height, offsets and max number +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\@folio@wd +\@folio@wd=\z@ +\newdimen\@folio@ht +\@folio@ht=\z@ +\newdimen\@folio@voffset +\@folio@voffset=\z@ +\def\@folio@max{1} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall + \@folio@wd=45.75pt\relax + \@folio@ht=1.25in\relax + \@folio@voffset=.2in\relax + \def\@folio@max{8} +\or % acmlarge + \@folio@wd=43.25pt\relax + \@folio@ht=79pt\relax + \@folio@voffset=.55in\relax + \def\@folio@max{10} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@folioblob} +% \changes{v1.44}{2017/08/11}{Suppress the blob if acmArticleSeq is empty} +% \changes{v1.45}{2017/08/15}{Switched \cs{bfeseries}\cs{sffamily} to +% \cs{sffamily}\cs{bfseries}} +% The macro to typeset the folio blob. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@folioblob{\@tempcnta=0\@acmArticleSeq\relax + \ifnum\@tempcnta=0\relax\else +% \end{macrocode} +% First, we calculate \cs{@acmArticleSeq} modulo \cs{@folio@max} +% \begin{macrocode} + \loop + \ifnum\@tempcnta>\@folio@max\relax + \advance\@tempcnta by - \@folio@max + \repeat +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \advance\@tempcnta by -1\relax + \@tempdima=\@folio@ht\relax + \multiply\@tempdima by \the\@tempcnta\relax + \advance\@tempdima by -\@folio@voffset\relax + \begin{picture}(0,0) + \makebox[\z@]{\raisebox{-\@tempdima}{% + \rlap{% + \raisebox{-0.45\@folio@ht}[\z@][\z@]{% + \rule{\@folio@wd}{\@folio@ht}}}% + \parbox{\@folio@wd}{% + \centering + \textcolor{white}{\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries\@acmArticle}}}} + \end{picture}\fi} + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{firstpagestyle} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/10}{Added timestamp (Michael D.~Adams)} +% \changes{v1.33}{2017/03/29}{Added right linecount for two-column +% formats} +% \changes{v1.51}{2018/04/05}{We now use journal abbreviation for +% footers} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Added logic for conference papers using +% journal format} +% \changes{v1.59}{2019/04/20}{Moved page styles to \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% The page style for the first page only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\fancypagestyle{firstpagestyle}{% + \fancyhf{}% + \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\z@}% + \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{\z@}% + \if@ACM@journal@bibstrip + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \fancyhead[L]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\if@ACM@printfolios\small\thepage\fi}% + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RE,LO]{\footnotesize Manuscript submitted to ACM}% + \fi% + \or % acmsmall + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: + \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi% + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@folioblob}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@folioblob}% + \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{0.6\@folio@wd}% + \or % acmlarge + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: + \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi% + \fancyhead[RO]{\@folioblob}% + \fancyhead[LE]{\ACM@linecountL\@folioblob}% + \fancyhead[LO]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{1.4\@folio@wd}% + \or % acmtog + \if@ACM@nonacm\else% + \fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\footnotesize \@journalNameShort, Vol. \@acmVolume, No. + \@acmNumber, Article \@acmArticle. Publication date: + \@acmPubDate.}% + \fi% + \fancyhead[L]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[R]{\ACM@linecountR}% + \else % Conference proceedings + \fancyhead[L]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[R]{\ACM@linecountR}% + \fancyfoot[C]{\if@ACM@printfolios\footnotesize\thepage\fi}% + \fi + \else + \fancyhead[L]{\ACM@linecountL}% + \fancyhead[R]{\ACM@linecountR}% + \fancyfoot[C]{\if@ACM@printfolios\footnotesize\thepage\fi}% + \fi + \if@ACM@timestamp + \ifnum\ACM@format@nr=0\relax % Manuscript + \fancyfoot[LO,RE]{\ACM@timestamp\quad + \if@ACM@nonacm\else + \footnotesize Manuscript submitted to ACM + \fi} + \else + \fancyfoot[LO,RE]{\ACM@timestamp} + \fi + \fi +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +%\subsection{Sectioning} +%\label{sec:sectioninng} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@NRadjust} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/17}{Added macro} +% Ross Moore's macro. +% \begin{quotation} +% Initially |\ACM@sect@format@| just passes through its |#1| +% argument unchanged. +% When a sectioning macro such as |\section| occurs, the +% |\ACM@NRadjust| redefines |\ACM@sect@format@| to expand into the +% styling commands; e.g., |\@secfont|. +% Then |\Sectionformat| is temporarily redefined to produce +% |\realSectionformat{\ACM@sect@format{#1}}{#2}|, which ultimately +% becomes |\Sectionformat{\@secfont{#1}}{#2}|. +% This is done to allow |\Sectionformat| to be variable, as may be +% needed in particular circumstances. Its current expansion is saved +% as |\realSectionformat| which is used with the modified 1st argument, +% then |\Sectionformat| is reverted to its former expansion. +% +% To style the section-number, the line |#1{}| is used at the end of +% |\ACM@NRadjust|. This imposes style-changing commands for fonts and +% sizes, but any |\MakeUppercase| acts on just the |{}|. It's a bit hacky, +% by essentially assuming that only numbers occur here, not letters to +% be case-changed. (This should be acceptable in a class-file, as it +% ought to be possible to change the case elsewhere, if that was ever +% desired.) Also, it can result in |\@adddotafter| being called too +% soon, so a slight adjustment is made, via |\ACM@adddotafter|, which +% now tests whether its argument is empty. But the coding has to allow +% for other packages to have also patched |\@adddotafter|. +% \end{quotation} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@NRadjust#1{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\ifx\csname Sectionformat\endcsname\relax + % do nothing when \Sectionformat is unknown + \def\next{\endgroup #1}% + \else + \def\next{\endgroup + \let\realSectionformat\Sectionformat + \def\ACM@sect@format@{#1}% + \let\Sectionformat\ACM@NR@adjustedSectionformat + %% next lines added 2018-06-17 to ensure section number is styled + \let\real@adddotafter\@adddotafter + \let\@adddotafter\ACM@adddotafter + #1{}% imposes the styles, but nullifies \MakeUppercase + \let\@adddotafter\real@adddotafter + }% + \fi \next +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@NR@adjustedSectionformat} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/17}{Added macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@NR@adjustedSectionformat#1#2{% + \realSectionformat{\ACM@sect@format{#1}}{#2}% + \let\Sectionformat\realSectionformat} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\ACM@sect@format}{\ACM@sect@format@} +\def\ACM@sect@format@null#1{#1} +\let\ACM@sect@format@\ACM@sect@format@null +\AtBeginDocument{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname LTX@adddotafter\endcsname\relax + \let\LTX@adddotafter\@adddotafter + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@adddotafter} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/17}{Added macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ACM@adddotafter#1{\ifx\relax#1\relax\else\LTX@adddotafter{#1}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/05/27}{Deleted indent for subsubsection} +% \changes{v1.54}{2018/06/17}{Added Ross's patch for sectioning} +% Sectioning is different for different levels +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% + {-.75\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {.25\baselineskip}% + {\ACM@NRadjust\@secfont}} +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% + {-.75\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {.25\baselineskip}% + {\ACM@NRadjust\@subsecfont}} +\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}% + {-.5\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {-3.5\p@}% + {\ACM@NRadjust{\@subsubsecfont\@adddotafter}}} +\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\parindent}% + {-.5\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {-3.5\p@}% + {\ACM@NRadjust{\@parfont\@adddotafter}}} +\renewcommand\part{\@startsection{part}{9}{\z@}% + {-10\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -2\p@}% + {4\p@}% + {\ACM@NRadjust\@parfont}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\section@raggedright} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Introduced macro}% +% Special version of \cs{raggedright} compatible with +% \cs{MakeUppercase} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\section@raggedright{\@rightskip\@flushglue + \rightskip\@rightskip + \leftskip\z@skip + \parindent\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@secfont} +% \begin{macro}{\@subsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\@subsubsecfont} +% \begin{macro}{\@parfont} +% \changes{v1.12}{2016/05/30}{Moved to \cs{section@raggedright}}% +% \changes{v1.40}{2017/06/04}{Switched to MakeTextUppercase} +% \changes{v1.45}{2017/08/15}{Switched \cs{bfeseries}\cs{sffamily} to +% \cs{sffamily}\cs{bfseries}} +% Fonts for sections etc. are different for different formats. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@secfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} +\def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright} +\def\@subsubsecfont{\sffamily\itshape} +\def\@parfont{\itshape} +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge + \def\@secfont{\sffamily\large\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\large\section@raggedright} +\or % acmtog + \def\@secfont{\sffamily\large\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\large\section@raggedright} +\or % sigconf + \def\@secfont{\bfseries\Large\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\bfseries\Large\section@raggedright} +\or % siggraph + \def\@secfont{\sffamily\bfseries\Large\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\bfseries\Large\section@raggedright} +\or % sigplan + \def\@secfont{\bfseries\Large\section@raggedright} + \def\@subsecfont{\bfseries\section@raggedright} + \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}% + {-.75\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {.25\baselineskip}% + {\@subsubsecfont}} + \def\@subsubsecfont{\bfseries\section@raggedright} + \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}% + {-.5\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {-3.5\p@}% + {\@parfont\@addspaceafter}} + \def\@parfont{\bfseries\itshape} + \renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}% + {-.5\baselineskip \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -.2\p@}% + {-3.5\p@}% + {\@subparfont\@addspaceafter}} + \def\@subparfont{\itshape} +\or % sigchi + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} + \def\@secfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright} +\or % sigchi-a + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} + \def\@secfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright\MakeTextUppercase} + \def\@subsecfont{\sffamily\bfseries\section@raggedright} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@adddotafter} +% Add punctuation after a sectioning command +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@adddotafter#1{#1\@addpunct{.}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@addspaceafter} +% Add space after a sectioning command +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@addspaceafter#1{#1\@addpunct{\enspace}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{TOC lists} +%\label{sec:tocs} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@dotsep} +% Related to the \cs{tableofcontents} are all the horizontal fillers. Base +% \LaTeX\ defines \cs{@dottedtocline}, which we should not disable. Yet, this +% command expects \cs{@dotsep} to be defined but leaves this to the class +% implementation. Since |amsart| does not provide this, we copy the standard +% variant from |article| here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@dotsep{4.5} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Theorems} +%\label{sec:theorems} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmplainbodyfont} +% The font to typeset the body of the |acmplain| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmplainbodyfont{\itshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmplainindent} +% The amount to indent the |acmplain| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmplainindent{\parindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmplainheadfont} +% The font to typeset the head of the |acmplain| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmplainheadfont{\scshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmplainnotefont} +% The font to typeset the note of the |acmplain| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmplainnotefont{\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% Customization of the |acmplain| theorem style: +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan + \def\@acmplainbodyfont{\itshape} + \def\@acmplainindent{\z@} + \def\@acmplainheadfont{\bfseries} + \def\@acmplainnotefont{\normalfont} +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{acmplain} +% The |acmplain| theorem style +% \begin{macrocode} +\newtheoremstyle{acmplain}% + {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip + \@minus.2\baselineskip}% space above + {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip + \@minus.2\baselineskip}% space below + {\@acmplainbodyfont}% body font + {\@acmplainindent}% indent amount + {\@acmplainheadfont}% head font + {.}% punctuation after head + {.5em}% spacing after head + {\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{ {\@acmplainnotefont(#3)}}}% head spec +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmdefinitionbodyfont} +% The font to typeset the body of the |acmdefinition| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmdefinitionbodyfont{\normalfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmdefinitionindent} +% The amount to indent the |acmdefinition| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmdefinitionindent{\parindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmdefinitionheadfont} +% The font to typeset the head of the |acmdefinition| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmdefinitionheadfont{\itshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@acmdefinitionnotefont} +% The font to typeset the note of the |acmdefinition| theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@acmdefinitionnotefont{\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% Customization of the |acmdefinition| theorem style: +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan + \def\@acmdefinitionbodyfont{\normalfont} + \def\@acmdefinitionindent{\z@} + \def\@acmdefinitionheadfont{\bfseries} + \def\@acmdefinitionnotefont{\normalfont} +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{acmdefinition} +% The |acmdefinition| theorem style +% \begin{macrocode} +\newtheoremstyle{acmdefinition}% + {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip + \@minus.2\baselineskip}% space above + {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip + \@minus.2\baselineskip}% space below + {\@acmdefinitionbodyfont}% body font + {\@acmdefinitionindent}% indent amount + {\@acmdefinitionheadfont}% head font + {.}% punctuation after head + {.5em}% spacing after head + {\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{ {\@acmdefinitionnotefont(#3)}}}% head spec +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% Make |acmplain| the default theorem style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\theoremstyle{acmplain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Delay defining the theorem environments until after other packages +% have been loaded. In particular, the |cleveref| package must be +% loaded before the theorem environments are defined in order to show +% the correct environment name (see +% \url{https://github.com/borisveytsman/acmart/issues/138}). The |acmthm| +% option is used to suppress the definition of any theorem +% environments. Also, to avoid obscure errors arising from these +% environment definitions conflicting with environments defined by the +% user or by user-loaded packages, we only define environments that +% have not yet been defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndPreamble{% + \if@ACM@acmthm + \theoremstyle{acmplain} + \@ifundefined{theorem}{% + \newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section] + }{} + \@ifundefined{conjecture}{% + \newtheorem{conjecture}[theorem]{Conjecture} + }{} + \@ifundefined{proposition}{% + \newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition} + }{} + \@ifundefined{lemma}{% + \newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma} + }{} + \@ifundefined{corollary}{% + \newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary} + }{} + \theoremstyle{acmdefinition} + \@ifundefined{example}{% + \newtheorem{example}[theorem]{Example} + }{} + \@ifundefined{definition}{% + \newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition} + }{} + \fi + \theoremstyle{acmplain} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\@proofnamefont} +% The font to typeset the proof name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@proofnamefont{\scshape} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@proofindent} +% Whether or not to indent proofs. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@proofindent{\indent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% Customization of the proof environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifcase\ACM@format@nr +\relax % manuscript +\or % acmsmall +\or % acmlarge +\or % acmtog +\or % sigconf +\or % siggraph +\or % sigplan + \def\@proofnamefont{\itshape} + \def\@proofindent{\noindent} +\or % sigchi +\or % sigchi-a +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{proof} +% We want some customization of the proof environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{\par + \pushQED{\qed}% + \normalfont \topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax + \trivlist + \item[\@proofindent\hskip\labelsep + {\@proofnamefont #1\@addpunct{.}}]\ignorespaces +}{% + \popQED\endtrivlist\@endpefalse +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Balancing columns} +%\label{sec:balancing} +% +% We need balancing only if the user did not disable it, and we use a +% two column format +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndPreamble{% + \if@ACM@balance + \ifcase\ACM@format@nr + \relax % manuscript + \global\@ACM@balancefalse + \or % acmsmall + \global\@ACM@balancefalse + \or % acmlarge + \global\@ACM@balancefalse + \or % acmtog + \RequirePackage{balance}% + \or % sigconf + \RequirePackage{balance}% + \or % siggraph + \RequirePackage{balance}% + \or % sigplan + \RequirePackage{balance}% + \or % sigchi + \RequirePackage{balance}% + \or % sigchi-a + \global\@ACM@balancefalse + \fi + \fi +} +\AtEndDocument{% + \if@ACM@balance + \if@twocolumn + \balance + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +%\subsection{Acknowledgments} +%\label{sec:acks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acksname} +% \changes{v1.56}{2018/10/16}{Added macro (Philip Quinn)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\acksname{Acknowledgments} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\acks} +% \changes{v1.19}{2016/07/28}{Include 'Acknowledgements' in PDF bookmarks +% (Matthew Fluet)} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/05}{Added macro} +% This is a |comment|-like structure +% \begin{macrocode} +\specialcomment{acks}{% + \begingroup + \section*{\acksname} + \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\acksname} +}{% + \endgroup +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\grantsponsor} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/05}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Renamed} +% We just typeset the name of the sponsor +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\grantsponsor#1#2#3{#2} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\grantnum} +% \changes{v1.15}{2016/07/05}{Added macro} +% \changes{v1.17}{2016/07/10}{Added url} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\grantnum[3][]{#3% + \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\space(\url{#1})\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Conditional typesetting} +% \label{sec:conditional} +% +% We use the |comment| package for conditional typesetting: +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndPreamble{% +\if@ACM@screen + \includecomment{screenonly} + \excludecomment{printonly} +\else + \excludecomment{screenonly} + \includecomment{printonly} +\fi +\if@ACM@anonymous + \excludecomment{anonsuppress} + \excludecomment{acks} +\else + \includecomment{anonsuppress} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% +%\subsection{Additional bibliography commands} +%\label{sec:bibliography} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showeprint} +% \changes{v1.21}{2016/09/04}{Added macro} +% The command \cs{showeprint} has two arguments: the (optional) prefix +% and the eprint number. Right now the only prefix we understand is +% the (lowercase) word `arxiv' (see +% \url{http://arxiv.org/hypertex/bibstyles/}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\showeprint[2][arxiv]{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty\def\@tempa{arxiv}\fi + \def\@tempb{arxiv}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + arXiv:\href{http://arxiv.org/abs/#2}{#2}\else arXiv:#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{End of Class} +%\label{end} +% +% \begin{macro}{\vspace} +% \changes{v1.57}{2018/12/16}{Added warning} +% \changes{v1.58}{2019/01/23}{Preserved old versions as +% \cs{@vspace@orig} and \cs{@vspace@orig}} +% We do not disable \cs{vspace}, but add warning to it +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@vspace@orig=\@vspace +\let\@vspacer@orig=\@vspacer +\apptocmd{\@vspace}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{\string\vspace\space should + only be used to provide space above/below surrounding + objects}}{}{} +\apptocmd{\@vspacer}{\ClassWarning{\@classname}{\string\vspace\space should + only be used to provide space above/below surrounding + objects}}{}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\ACM@origbaselinestretch} +% \changes{v1.57}{2018/12/16}{Added check whether the user changed +% \cs{baselinestretch}} +% We produce an error if the user tries to change \cs{baselinestretch} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\ACM@origbaselinestretch\baselinestretch +\AtEndDocument{\ifx\baselinestretch\ACM@origbaselinestretch\else + \ClassError{\@classname}{An attempt to redefine + \string\baselinestretch\space detected. Please do not do this for + ACM submissions!}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.30}{2017/02/10}{Added \cs{frenchspacing}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\normalsize\normalfont\frenchspacing +%</class> +% \end{macrocode} +% +%\Finale +%\clearpage +% +%\PrintChanges +%\clearpage +%\PrintIndex +% +\endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.ins new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d17dc066fd --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.ins @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +% +% Doctrip file for acmart +% This file is in public domain +% $Id: acmart.ins,v 1.1 2015/11/23 22:42:55 boris Exp $ +% +\def\batchfile{acmart.ins} +\input docstrip +\keepsilent +\showprogress + + +\askforoverwritefalse + +\generate{% + \file{acmart.cls}{\from{acmart.dtx}{class}} +} + +\obeyspaces +\Msg{*****************************************************}% +\Msg{* Congratulations! You successfully generated the *}% +\Msg{* acmart package. *}% +\Msg{* *}% +\Msg{* Please move the file acmart.cls to where LaTeX *}% +\Msg{* files are stored in your system. The manual is *}% +\Msg{* acmart.pdf. *}% +\Msg{* *}% +\Msg{* The package is released under LPPL *}% +\Msg{* *}% +\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}% +\Msg{*****************************************************}%
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85eb0750fc --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmart.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmguide.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmguide.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3786747d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/acmguide.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmlarge.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmlarge.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11e5f3dfcc --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmlarge.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall-conf.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall-conf.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bcbdc89506 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall-conf.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db87e3dde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmsmall.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmtog.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmtog.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..894bbefbb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-acmtog.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-authordraft.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-authordraft.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f5817958e --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-authordraft.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-base.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-base.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48ec212b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-base.bib @@ -0,0 +1,1622 @@ + +% Journals + +% First the Full Name is given, then the abbreviation used in the AMS Math +% Reviews, with an indication if it could not be found there. +% Note the 2nd overwrites the 1st, so swap them if you want the full name. + + %{AMS} + @String{AMSTrans = "American Mathematical Society Translations" } + @String{AMSTrans = "Amer. Math. Soc. Transl." } + @String{BullAMS = "Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society" } + @String{BullAMS = "Bull. Amer. Math. Soc." } + @String{ProcAMS = "Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society" } + @String{ProcAMS = "Proc. Amer. Math. Soc." } + @String{TransAMS = "Transactions of the American Mathematical Society" } + @String{TransAMS = "Trans. Amer. Math. Soc." } + + %ACM + @String{CACM = "Communications of the {ACM}" } + @String{CACM = "Commun. {ACM}" } + @String{CompServ = "Comput. Surveys" } + @String{JACM = "J. ACM" } + @String{ACMMathSoft = "{ACM} Transactions on Mathematical Software" } + @String{ACMMathSoft = "{ACM} Trans. Math. Software" } + @String{SIGNUM = "{ACM} {SIGNUM} Newsletter" } + @String{SIGNUM = "{ACM} {SIGNUM} Newslett." } + + @String{AmerSocio = "American Journal of Sociology" } + @String{AmerStatAssoc = "Journal of the American Statistical Association" } + @String{AmerStatAssoc = "J. Amer. Statist. Assoc." } + @String{ApplMathComp = "Applied Mathematics and Computation" } + @String{ApplMathComp = "Appl. Math. Comput." } + @String{AmerMathMonthly = "American Mathematical Monthly" } + @String{AmerMathMonthly = "Amer. Math. Monthly" } + @String{BIT = "{BIT}" } + @String{BritStatPsych = "British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical + Psychology" } + @String{BritStatPsych = "Brit. J. Math. Statist. Psych." } + @String{CanMathBull = "Canadian Mathematical Bulletin" } + @String{CanMathBull = "Canad. Math. Bull." } + @String{CompApplMath = "Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics" } + @String{CompApplMath = "J. Comput. Appl. Math." } + @String{CompPhys = "Journal of Computational Physics" } + @String{CompPhys = "J. Comput. Phys." } + @String{CompStruct = "Computers and Structures" } + @String{CompStruct = "Comput. \& Structures" } + @String{CompJour = "The Computer Journal" } + @String{CompJour = "Comput. J." } + @String{CompSysSci = "Journal of Computer and System Sciences" } + @String{CompSysSci = "J. Comput. System Sci." } + @String{Computing = "Computing" } + @String{ContempMath = "Contemporary Mathematics" } + @String{ContempMath = "Contemp. Math." } + @String{Crelle = "Crelle's Journal" } + @String{GiornaleMath = "Giornale di Mathematiche" } + @String{GiornaleMath = "Giorn. Mat." } % didn't find in AMS MR., ibid. + + %IEEE + @String{Computer = "{IEEE} Computer" } + @String{IEEETransComp = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computers" } + @String{IEEETransComp = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput." } + @String{IEEETransAC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control" } + @String{IEEETransAC = "{IEEE} Trans. Automat. Control" } + @String{IEEESpec = "{IEEE} Spectrum" } % didn't find in AMS MR + @String{ProcIEEE = "Proceedings of the {IEEE}" } + @String{ProcIEEE = "Proc. {IEEE}" } % didn't find in AMS MR + @String{IEEETransAeroElec = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic + Systems" } + @String{IEEETransAeroElec = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerospace Electron. Systems" } + + @String{IMANumerAna = "{IMA} Journal of Numerical Analysis" } + @String{IMANumerAna = "{IMA} J. Numer. Anal." } + @String{InfProcLet = "Information Processing Letters" } + @String{InfProcLet = "Inform. Process. Lett." } + @String{InstMathApp = "Journal of the Institute of Mathematics and + its Applications" } + @String{InstMathApp = "J. Inst. Math. Appl." } + @String{IntControl = "International Journal of Control" } + @String{IntControl = "Internat. J. Control" } + @String{IntNumerEng = "International Journal for Numerical Methods in + Engineering" } + @String{IntNumerEng = "Internat. J. Numer. Methods Engrg." } + @String{IntSuper = "International Journal of Supercomputing Applications" } + @String{IntSuper = "Internat. J. Supercomputing Applic." } % didn't find +%% in AMS MR + @String{Kibernetika = "Kibernetika" } + @String{JResNatBurStand = "Journal of Research of the National Bureau + of Standards" } + @String{JResNatBurStand = "J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards" } + @String{LinAlgApp = "Linear Algebra and its Applications" } + @String{LinAlgApp = "Linear Algebra Appl." } + @String{MathAnaAppl = "Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications" } + @String{MathAnaAppl = "J. Math. Anal. Appl." } + @String{MathAnnalen = "Mathematische Annalen" } + @String{MathAnnalen = "Math. Ann." } + @String{MathPhys = "Journal of Mathematical Physics" } + @String{MathPhys = "J. Math. Phys." } + @String{MathComp = "Mathematics of Computation" } + @String{MathComp = "Math. Comp." } + @String{MathScand = "Mathematica Scandinavica" } + @String{MathScand = "Math. Scand." } + @String{TablesAidsComp = "Mathematical Tables and Other Aids to Computation" } + @String{TablesAidsComp = "Math. Tables Aids Comput." } + @String{NumerMath = "Numerische Mathematik" } + @String{NumerMath = "Numer. Math." } + @String{PacificMath = "Pacific Journal of Mathematics" } + @String{PacificMath = "Pacific J. Math." } + @String{ParDistComp = "Journal of Parallel and Distributed Computing" } + @String{ParDistComp = "J. Parallel and Distrib. Comput." } % didn't find +%% in AMS MR + @String{ParComputing = "Parallel Computing" } + @String{ParComputing = "Parallel Comput." } + @String{PhilMag = "Philosophical Magazine" } + @String{PhilMag = "Philos. Mag." } + @String{ProcNAS = "Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences + of the USA" } + @String{ProcNAS = "Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A." } + @String{Psychometrika = "Psychometrika" } + @String{QuartMath = "Quarterly Journal of Mathematics, Oxford, Series (2)" } + @String{QuartMath = "Quart. J. Math. Oxford Ser. (2)" } + @String{QuartApplMath = "Quarterly of Applied Mathematics" } + @String{QuartApplMath = "Quart. Appl. Math." } + @String{RevueInstStat = "Review of the International Statisical Institute" } + @String{RevueInstStat = "Rev. Inst. Internat. Statist." } + + %SIAM + @String{JSIAM = "Journal of the Society for Industrial and Applied + Mathematics" } + @String{JSIAM = "J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math." } + @String{JSIAMB = "Journal of the Society for Industrial and Applied + Mathematics, Series B, Numerical Analysis" } + @String{JSIAMB = "J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. Ser. B Numer. Anal." } + @String{SIAMAlgMeth = "{SIAM} Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods" } + @String{SIAMAlgMeth = "{SIAM} J. Algebraic Discrete Methods" } + @String{SIAMAppMath = "{SIAM} Journal on Applied Mathematics" } + @String{SIAMAppMath = "{SIAM} J. Appl. Math." } + @String{SIAMComp = "{SIAM} Journal on Computing" } + @String{SIAMComp = "{SIAM} J. Comput." } + @String{SIAMMatrix = "{SIAM} Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications" } + @String{SIAMMatrix = "{SIAM} J. Matrix Anal. Appl." } + @String{SIAMNumAnal = "{SIAM} Journal on Numerical Analysis" } + @String{SIAMNumAnal = "{SIAM} J. Numer. Anal." } + @String{SIAMReview = "{SIAM} Review" } + @String{SIAMReview = "{SIAM} Rev." } + @String{SIAMSciStat = "{SIAM} Journal on Scientific and Statistical + Computing" } + @String{SIAMSciStat = "{SIAM} J. Sci. Statist. Comput." } + + @String{SoftPracExp = "Software Practice and Experience" } + @String{SoftPracExp = "Software Prac. Experience" } % didn't find in AMS MR + @String{StatScience = "Statistical Science" } + @String{StatScience = "Statist. Sci." } + @String{Techno = "Technometrics" } + @String{USSRCompMathPhys = "{USSR} Computational Mathematics and Mathematical + Physics" } + @String{USSRCompMathPhys = "{U. S. S. R.} Comput. Math. and Math. Phys." } + @String{VLSICompSys = "Journal of {VLSI} and Computer Systems" } + @String{VLSICompSys = "J. {VLSI} Comput. Syst." } + @String{ZAngewMathMech = "Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Mathematik und + Mechanik" } + @String{ZAngewMathMech = "Z. Angew. Math. Mech." } + @String{ZAngewMathPhys = "Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Mathematik und Physik" } + @String{ZAngewMathPhys = "Z. Angew. Math. Phys." } + +% Publishers % ================================================= | + + @String{Academic = "Academic Press" } + @String{ACMPress = "{ACM} Press" } + @String{AdamHilger = "Adam Hilger" } + @String{AddisonWesley = "Addison-Wesley" } + @String{AllynBacon = "Allyn and Bacon" } + @String{AMS = "American Mathematical Society" } + @String{Birkhauser = "Birkha{\"u}ser" } + @String{CambridgePress = "Cambridge University Press" } + @String{Chelsea = "Chelsea" } + @String{ClaredonPress = "Claredon Press" } + @String{DoverPub = "Dover Publications" } + @String{Eyolles = "Eyolles" } + @String{HoltRinehartWinston = "Holt, Rinehart and Winston" } + @String{Interscience = "Interscience" } + @String{JohnsHopkinsPress = "The Johns Hopkins University Press" } + @String{JohnWileySons = "John Wiley and Sons" } + @String{Macmillan = "Macmillan" } + @String{MathWorks = "The Math Works Inc." } + @String{McGrawHill = "McGraw-Hill" } + @String{NatBurStd = "National Bureau of Standards" } + @String{NorthHolland = "North-Holland" } + @String{OxfordPress = "Oxford University Press" } %address Oxford or London? + @String{PergamonPress = "Pergamon Press" } + @String{PlenumPress = "Plenum Press" } + @String{PrenticeHall = "Prentice-Hall" } + @String{SIAMPub = "{SIAM} Publications" } + @String{Springer = "Springer-Verlag" } + @String{TexasPress = "University of Texas Press" } + @String{VanNostrand = "Van Nostrand" } + @String{WHFreeman = "W. H. Freeman and Co." } + +%Entries + +@Article{Abril07, + author = "Patricia S. Abril and Robert Plant", + title = "The patent holder's dilemma: Buy, sell, or troll?", + journal = "Communications of the ACM", + volume = "50", + number = "1", + month = jan, + year = "2007", + pages = "36--44", + doi = "10.1145/1188913.1188915", + url = "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1219092.1219093", + note = "", +} + +@Article{Cohen07, + author = "Sarah Cohen and Werner Nutt and Yehoshua Sagic", + title = "Deciding equivalances among conjunctive aggregate queries", + journal = JACM, + articleno = "5", + numpages = "50", + volume = "54", + number = "2", + month = apr, + year = "2007", + doi = "10.1145/1219092.1219093", + url = "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1219092.1219093", + acmid = "1219093", + note = "", +} + + +@periodical{JCohen96, + key = "Cohen", + editor = "Jacques Cohen", + title = "Special issue: Digital Libraries", + journal = CACM, + volume = "39", + number = "11", + month = nov, + year = "1996", +} + + +@Book{Kosiur01, + author = "David Kosiur", + title = "Understanding Policy-Based Networking", + publisher = "Wiley", + year = "2001", + address = "New York, NY", + edition = "2nd.", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + series = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +@Book{Harel79, + author = "David Harel", + year = "1979", + title = "First-Order Dynamic Logic", + series = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science", + volume = "68", + address = "New York, NY", + publisher = "Springer-Verlag", + doi = "10.1007/3-540-09237-4", + url = "http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/3-540-09237-4", + editor = "", + number = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +@Inbook{Editor00, + author = "", + editor = "Ian Editor", + title = "The title of book one", + subtitle = "The book subtitle", + series = "The name of the series one", + year = "2007", + volume = "9", + address = "Chicago", + edition = "1st.", + publisher = "University of Chicago Press", + doi = "10.1007/3-540-09237-4", + url = "http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/3-540-09456-9", + chapter = "", + pages = "", + number = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + +% +@InBook{Editor00a, + author = "", + editor = "Ian Editor", + title = "The title of book two", + subtitle = "The book subtitle", + series = "The name of the series two", + year = "2008", + address = "Chicago", + edition = "2nd.", + publisher = "University of Chicago Press", + doi = "10.1007/3-540-09237-4", + url = "http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/3-540-09456-9", + volume = "", + chapter = "100", + pages = "", + number = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +% incollection (has an editor, title, and possibly a booktitle) +@Incollection{Spector90, + author = "Asad Z. Spector", + title = "Achieving application requirements", + booktitle = "Distributed Systems", + publisher = "ACM Press", + address = "New York, NY", + year = "1990", + edition = "2nd.", + chapter = "", + editor = "Sape Mullender", + pages = "19--33", + doi = "10.1145/90417.90738", + url = "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/90417.90738", + volume = "", + number = "", + series = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +% incollection (has an editor, title, and possibly a booktitle) +@Incollection{Douglass98, + author = "Bruce P. Douglass and David Harel and Mark B. Trakhtenbrot", + title = "Statecarts in use: structured analysis and object-orientation", + series = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science", + booktitle = "Lectures on Embedded Systems", + publisher = "Springer-Verlag", + address = "London", + volume = "1494", + year = "1998", + chapter = "", + editor = "Grzegorz Rozenberg and Frits W. Vaandrager", + pages = "368--394", + doi = "10.1007/3-540-65193-4_29", + url = "http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/3-540-65193-4_29", + edition = "", + number = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +@Book{Knuth97, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 1: Fundamental Algorithms (3rd. ed.)", + publisher = "Addison Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.", + year = "1997", + address = "", + edition = "", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + series = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +@Book{Knuth98, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + year = "1998", + title = "The Art of Computer Programming", + series = "Fundamental Algorithms", + volume = "1", + edition = "3rd", + address = "", + publisher = "Addison Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.", + doi = "", + url = "", + editor = "", + number = "", + month = "", + note = "(book)", +} + +%Inbook{Knuth97, +% author = "Donald E. Knuth", +% title = "The Art of Computer Programming", +% booktitle = "the booktitle", +% edition = "3", +% volume = "1", +% year = "1997", +% publisher = "Addison Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.", +% editor = "", +% number = "", +% series = "Fundamental Algorithms", +% type = "", +% chapter = "", +% pages = "", +% address = "", +% month = "", +% note = "(inbook)", +%} + +%INBOOK{DK:73-inbook-full, +% author = "Donald E. Knuth", +% title = "Fundamental Algorithms (inbook w series)", +% volume = 1, +% series = "The Art of Computer Programming", +% publisher = "Addison-Wesley", +% address = "Reading, Massachusetts", +% edition = "Second", +% month = "10~" # jan, +% year = "1973", +% type = "Section", +% chapter = "1.2", +% pages = "10--119", +% note = "Full INBOOK entry (w series)", +%} + +%INcollection{DK:74-incoll, +% author = "Donald E. Knuth", +% title = "Fundamental Algorithms (incoll)", +% volume = 1, +% booktitle = "The Art of Computer Programming", +% publisher = "Addison-Wesley", +% address = "Reading, Massachusetts", +% month = "10~" # jan, +% year = "1974", +% pages = "10--119", +% editor = "Bernard Rous", +% note = "This is a full incoll entry with an editor", +%} + +%INcollection{DK:75-incollws, +% author = "Donald E. Knuth", +% title = "Fundamental Algorithms (incoll w series)", +% volume = 1, +% booktitle = "The Art of Computer Programming", +% series = "The Art of Computer Programming", +% publisher = "Addison-Wesley", +% address = "Reading, Massachusetts", +% month = "10~" # jan, +% year = "1975", +% pages = "10--119", +% editor = "Bernard Rous", +% note = "This is a full incoll entry with an editor and series", +%} + + +@incollection{GM05, +Author= "Dan Geiger and Christopher Meek", +Title= "Structured Variational Inference Procedures and their Realizations (as incol)", +Year= 2005, +Booktitle="Proceedings of Tenth International Workshop on Artificial Intelligence and Statistics, {\rm The Barbados}", +Publisher="The Society for Artificial Intelligence and Statistics", +Month= jan, +Editors= "Z. Ghahramani and R. Cowell" +} + +@Inproceedings{Smith10, + author = "Stan W. Smith", + title = "An experiment in bibliographic mark-up: Parsing metadata for XML export", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the 3rd. annual workshop on Librarians and Computers", + series = "LAC '10", + editor = "Reginald N. Smythe and Alexander Noble", + volume = "3", + year = "2010", + publisher = "Paparazzi Press", + address = "Milan Italy", + pages = "422--431", + doi = "99.9999/woot07-S422", + url = "http://dx.doi.org/99.0000/woot07-S422", + number = "", + month = "", + organization = "", + note = "", +} + +@Inproceedings{VanGundy07, + author = "Matthew Van Gundy and Davide Balzarotti and Giovanni Vigna", + year = "2007", + title = "Catch me, if you can: Evading network signatures with web-based polymorphic worms", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the first USENIX workshop on Offensive Technologies", + series = "WOOT '07", + publisher = "USENIX Association", + address = "Berkley, CA", + articleno = "7", + numpages = "9", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + pages = "", + month = "", + organization = "", + note = "", +} + +@Inproceedings{VanGundy08, + author = "Matthew Van Gundy and Davide Balzarotti and Giovanni Vigna", + year = "2008", + title = "Catch me, if you can: Evading network signatures with web-based polymorphic worms", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the first USENIX workshop on Offensive Technologies", + series = "WOOT '08", + publisher = "USENIX Association", + address = "Berkley, CA", + articleno = "7", + numpages = "2", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + pages = "99-100", + month = "", + organization = "", + note = "", +} + +@Inproceedings{VanGundy09, + author = "Matthew Van Gundy and Davide Balzarotti and Giovanni Vigna", + year = "2009", + title = "Catch me, if you can: Evading network signatures with web-based polymorphic worms", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the first USENIX workshop on Offensive Technologies", + series = "WOOT '09", + publisher = "USENIX Association", + address = "Berkley, CA", + articleno = "", + numpages = "", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + pages = "90--100", + month = "", + organization = "", + note = "", +} + +@Inproceedings{Andler79, + author = "Sten Andler", + title = "Predicate Path expressions", + booktitle = "Proceedings of the 6th. ACM SIGACT-SIGPLAN symposium on Principles of Programming Languages", + series = "POPL '79", + year = "1979", + publisher = "ACM Press", + address = "New York, NY", + pages = "226--236", + doi = "10.1145/567752.567774", + url = "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/567752.567774", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + month = "", + organization = "", + note = "", +} + +@Techreport{Harel78, + author = "David Harel", + year = "1978", + title = "LOGICS of Programs: AXIOMATICS and DESCRIPTIVE POWER", + institution = "Massachusetts Institute of Technology", + type = "MIT Research Lab Technical Report", + number = "TR-200", + address = "Cambridge, MA", + month = "", + note = "", +} + +@MASTERSTHESIS{anisi03, +author = {David A. Anisi}, +title = {Optimal Motion Control of a Ground Vehicle}, +school = {Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Stockholm, Sweden}, +intitution = {FOI-R-0961-SE, Swedish Defence Research Agency (FOI)}, +year = {2003}, +} + + +@Phdthesis{Clarkson85, + author = "Kenneth L. Clarkson", + year = "1985", + title = "Algorithms for Closest-Point Problems (Computational Geometry)", + school = "Stanford University", + address = "Palo Alto, CA", + note = "UMI Order Number: AAT 8506171", + type = "", + month = "", +} + + +@online{Thornburg01, + author = "Harry Thornburg", + year = "2001", + title = "Introduction to Bayesian Statistics", + url = "http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~jos/bayes/bayes.html", + month = mar, + lastaccessed = "March 2, 2005", +} + + +@online{Ablamowicz07, + author = "Rafal Ablamowicz and Bertfried Fauser", + year = "2007", + title = "CLIFFORD: a Maple 11 Package for Clifford Algebra Computations, version 11", + url = "http://math.tntech.edu/rafal/cliff11/index.html", + lastaccessed = "February 28, 2008", +} + + +@misc{Poker06, + author = "Poker-Edge.Com", + year = "2006", + month = mar, + title = "Stats and Analysis", + lastaccessed = "June 7, 2006", + url = "http://www.poker-edge.com/stats.php", +} + +@misc{Obama08, + author = "Barack Obama", + year = "2008", + title = "A more perfect union", + howpublished = "Video", + day = "5", + url = "http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6528042696351994555", + month = mar, + lastaccessed = "March 21, 2008", + note = "", +} + +@misc{JoeScientist001, + author = "Joseph Scientist", + year = "2009", + title = "The fountain of youth", + note = "Patent No. 12345, Filed July 1st., 2008, Issued Aug. 9th., 2009", + url = "", + howpublished = "", + month = aug, + lastaccessed = "", +} + + +@Inproceedings{Novak03, + author = "Dave Novak", + title = "Solder man", + booktitle = "ACM SIGGRAPH 2003 Video Review on Animation theater Program: Part I - Vol. 145 (July 27--27, 2003)", + year = "2003", + publisher = "ACM Press", + address = "New York, NY", + pages = "4", + month = "March 21, 2008", + doi = "99.9999/woot07-S422", + url = "http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6528042696351994555", + note = "", + howpublished = "Video", + editor = "", + volume = "", + number = "", + series = "", + organization = "", +} + + +@article{Lee05, + author = "Newton Lee", + year = "2005", + title = "Interview with Bill Kinder: January 13, 2005", + journal = "Comput. Entertain.", + eid = "4", + volume = "3", + number = "1", + month = "Jan.-March", + doi = "10.1145/1057270.1057278", + url = "http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1057270.1057278", + howpublished = "Video", + note = "", +} + +@article{Rous08, + author = "Bernard Rous", + year = "2008", + title = "The Enabling of Digital Libraries", + journal = "Digital Libraries", + volume = "12", + number = "3", + month = jul, + articleno = "5", + doi = "", + url = "", + howpublished = "", + note = "To appear", +} + +@article{384253, + author = {Werneck,, Renato and Setubal,, Jo\~{a}o and da Conceic\~{a}o,, Arlindo}, + title = {(old) Finding minimum congestion spanning trees}, + journal = {J. Exp. Algorithmics}, + volume = {5}, + year = {2000}, + issn = {1084-6654}, + pages = {11}, + doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/351827.384253}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + } + + +@article{Werneck:2000:FMC:351827.384253, + author = {Werneck, Renato and Setubal, Jo\~{a}o and da Conceic\~{a}o, Arlindo}, + title = {(new) Finding minimum congestion spanning trees}, + journal = {J. Exp. Algorithmics}, + volume = {5}, + month = dec, + year = {2000}, + issn = {1084-6654}, + articleno = {11}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=351827.384253}, + doi = {10.1145/351827.384253}, + acmid = {384253}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, +} + +@article{1555162, + author = {Conti, Mauro and Di Pietro, Roberto and Mancini, Luigi V. and Mei, Alessandro}, + title = {(old) Distributed data source verification in wireless sensor networks}, + journal = {Inf. Fusion}, + volume = {10}, + number = {4}, + year = {2009}, + issn = {1566-2535}, + pages = {342--353}, + doi = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.inffus.2009.01.002}, + publisher = {Elsevier Science Publishers B. V.}, + address = {Amsterdam, The Netherlands, The Netherlands}, + } + +@article{Conti:2009:DDS:1555009.1555162, + author = {Conti, Mauro and Di Pietro, Roberto and Mancini, Luigi V. and Mei, Alessandro}, + title = {(new) Distributed data source verification in wireless sensor networks}, + journal = {Inf. Fusion}, + volume = {10}, + number = {4}, + month = oct, + year = {2009}, + issn = {1566-2535}, + pages = {342--353}, + numpages = {12}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1555009.1555162}, + doi = {10.1016/j.inffus.2009.01.002}, + acmid = {1555162}, + publisher = {Elsevier Science Publishers B. V.}, + address = {Amsterdam, The Netherlands, The Netherlands}, + keywords = {Clone detection, Distributed protocol, Securing data fusion, Wireless sensor networks}, +} + +@inproceedings{Li:2008:PUC:1358628.1358946, + author = {Li, Cheng-Lun and Buyuktur, Ayse G. and Hutchful, David K. and Sant, Natasha B. and Nainwal, Satyendra K.}, + title = {Portalis: using competitive online interactions to support aid initiatives for the homeless}, + booktitle = {CHI '08 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems}, + year = {2008}, + isbn = {978-1-60558-012-X}, + location = {Florence, Italy}, + pages = {3873--3878}, + numpages = {6}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1358628.1358946}, + doi = {10.1145/1358628.1358946}, + acmid = {1358946}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + keywords = {cscw, distributed knowledge acquisition, incentive design, online games, recommender systems, reputation systems, user studies, virtual community}, +} + +@book{Hollis:1999:VBD:519964, + author = {Hollis, Billy S.}, + title = {Visual Basic 6: Design, Specification, and Objects with Other}, + year = {1999}, + isbn = {0130850845}, + edition = {1st}, + publisher = {Prentice Hall PTR}, + address = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA}, + } + + +@book{Goossens:1999:LWC:553897, + author = {Goossens, Michel and Rahtz, S. P. and Moore, Ross and Sutor, Robert S.}, + title = {The Latex Web Companion: Integrating TEX, HTML, and XML}, + year = {1999}, + isbn = {0201433117}, + edition = {1st}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.}, + address = {Boston, MA, USA}, + } + +% need to test genres for errant isbn output + +% techreport +@techreport{897367, + author = {Buss, Jonathan F. and Rosenberg, Arnold L. and Knott, Judson D.}, + title = {Vertex Types in Book-Embeddings}, + year = {1987}, + source = {http://www.ncstrl.org:8900/ncstrl/servlet/search?formname=detail\&id=oai%3Ancstrlh%3Aumass_cs%3Ancstrl.umassa_cs%2F%2FUM-CS-1987-018}, + publisher = {University of Massachusetts}, + address = {Amherst, MA, USA}, + } + +@techreport{Buss:1987:VTB:897367, + author = {Buss, Jonathan F. and Rosenberg, Arnold L. and Knott, Judson D.}, + title = {Vertex Types in Book-Embeddings}, + year = {1987}, + source = {http://www.ncstrl.org:8900/ncstrl/servlet/search?formname=detail\&id=oai%3Ancstrlh%3Aumass_cs%3Ancstrl.umassa_cs%2F%2FUM-CS-1987-018}, + publisher = {University of Massachusetts}, + address = {Amherst, MA, USA}, + } + +% whole proceedings + +@proceedings{Czerwinski:2008:1358628, + author = {}, + note = {General Chair-Czerwinski, Mary and General Chair-Lund, Arnie and Program Chair-Tan, Desney}, + title = {CHI '08: CHI '08 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems}, + year = {2008}, + isbn = {978-1-60558-012-X}, + location = {Florence, Italy}, + order_no = {608085}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + } + +% phdthesis + +@phdthesis{Clarkson:1985:ACP:911891, + author = {Clarkson, Kenneth Lee}, + advisor = {Yao, Andrew C.}, + title = {Algorithms for Closest-Point Problems (Computational Geometry)}, + year = {1985}, + note = {AAT 8506171}, + school = {Stanford University}, + address = {Stanford, CA, USA}, + } +% school is being picked up -- but not publisher (which is OK) +% Also -- the title is NOT being output in italics !!! Arrrrgh! - I fixed it. :-) + + +%%% compare with 'old' +%%% atsign-Phdthesis{Clarkson85, +%%% author = "Kenneth L. Clarkson", +%%% year = "1985", +%%% title = "Algorithms for Closest-Point Problems (Computational Geometry)", +%%% school = "Stanford University", +%%% address = "Palo Alto, CA", +%%% note = "UMI Order Number: AAT 8506171", +%%% type = "", +%%% month = "", +%%%} + +% A bibliography +@Article{1984:1040142, + key = {{$\!\!$}}, + journal = {SIGCOMM Comput. Commun. Rev.}, + year = {1984}, + issn = {0146-4833}, + volume = {13-14}, + number = {5-1}, + issue_date = {January/April 1984}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + } + + +% grinder +@inproceedings{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128, + key = {IEEE}, + title = {IEEE TCSC Executive Committee}, + booktitle = {Proceedings of the IEEE International Conference on Web Services}, + series = {ICWS '04}, + year = {2004}, + isbn = {0-7695-2167-3}, + pages = {21--22}, + url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/ICWS.2004.64}, + doi = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/ICWS.2004.64}, + acmid = {1010128}, + publisher = {IEEE Computer Society}, + address = {Washington, DC, USA}, +} + +% div book +@book{Mullender:1993:DS(:302430, + editor = {Mullender, Sape}, + title = {Distributed systems (2nd Ed.)}, + year = {1993}, + isbn = {0-201-62427-3}, + publisher = {ACM Press/Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + } + +% master thesis (as techreport and thesis) + +@techreport{Petrie:1986:NAD:899644, + author = {Petrie, Charles J.}, + title = {New Algorithms for Dependency-Directed Backtracking (Master's thesis)}, + year = {1986}, + source = {http://www.ncstrl.org:8900/ncstrl/servlet/search?formname=detail\&id=oai%3Ancstrlh%3Autexas_cs%3AUTEXAS_CS%2F%2FAI86-33}, + publisher = {University of Texas at Austin}, + address = {Austin, TX, USA}, + } + +@MASTERSTHESIS{Petrie:1986:NAD:12345, + author = {Petrie, Charles J.}, + title = {New Algorithms for Dependency-Directed Backtracking (Master's thesis)}, + year = {1986}, + source = {http://www.ncstrl.org:8900/ncstrl/servlet/search?formname=detail\&id=oai%3Ancstrlh%3Autexas_cs%3AUTEXAS_CS%2F%2FAI86-33}, + school = {University of Texas at Austin}, + address = {Austin, TX, USA}, + } + + + + +@BOOK{book-minimal, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "Seminumerical Algorithms", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + year = "1981", +} + +% incollection (has an editor, title, and possibly a booktitle) +@INcollection{KA:2001, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + Title = {The implementation of electronic commerce in SMEs in Singapore (as Incoll)}, + booktitle = {E-commerce and cultural values}, + year = {2001}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + acmid = {887010}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, +} + + +% with bibfield 'type' before chapter (note no editor) +@INBOOK{KAGM:2001, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + type = {Name of Chapter:}, + chapter = {The implementation of electronic commerce in SMEs in Singapore (Inbook-w-chap-w-type)}, + title = {E-commerce and cultural values}, + year = {2001}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + acmid = {887010}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, +} + +%%% Notes! This is because the atsign-INBOOK citation type specifies EITHER +%%% editor or author, but not both. In my experiments with the harvard/dcu +%%% bibtex style (and presumably this applies to other styles too), bibtex +%%% ignores the editor information if author information exists in an +%%% atsign-INBOOK entry. atsign-INCOLLECTION is far more commonly used in my references, +%%% and in the absence of an editor I believe most bibtex styles will just +%%% ommit the editor from the reference - the chapter information will not +%%% end up in the in-text citation as you suggest it should be but at least +%%% there is a place to put the editor if necessary. + + + +% was 'Inbook' -- changed to incollection - (editor is different to author) - need to tell Asad to codify as such. +@incollection{Kong:2002:IEC:887006.887010, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + editor = {Theerasak Thanasankit}, + title = {Chapter 9}, + booktitle = {E-commerce and cultural values (Incoll-w-text (chap 9) 'title')}, + year = {2002}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + acmid = {887010}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + number = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + +% incol when the chapter is 'text' - due to presence of editor (different to author) +@incollection{Kong:2003:IEC:887006.887011, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + title = {The implementation of electronic commerce in SMEs in Singapore (Incoll)}, + booktitle = {E-commerce and cultural values}, + editor = {Thanasankit, Theerasak}, + year = {2003}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + acmid = {887010}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, +} + +% ------ test +%incollection{Kong:2003:IEC:887006.887010, +% author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, +% chapter = {The implementation of electronic commerce in SMEs in Singapore (Incoll-text-in-chap)}, +% booktitle = {booktitle E-commerce and cultural values}, +% title = {The title}, +% editor = {Thanasankit, Theerasak}, +% year = {2003}, +% isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, +% pages = {51--74}, +% numpages = {24}, +% url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, +% acmid = {887010}, +% publisher = {IGI Publishing}, +% address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, +%} + + +% --------- + + + + + +% Need inbook with num in chapter + +% and inbook with number in chapter +@InBook{Kong:2004:IEC:123456.887010, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + editor = {Theerasak Thanasankit}, + title = {E-commerce and cultural values - (InBook-num-in-chap)}, + chapter = {9}, + year = {2004}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + acmid = {887010}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + number = "", + type = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +% and inbook with text in chapter +@Inbook{Kong:2005:IEC:887006.887010, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + editor = {Theerasak Thanasankit}, + title = {E-commerce and cultural values (Inbook-text-in-chap)}, + chapter = {The implementation of electronic commerce in SMEs in Singapore}, + year = {2005}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + type = {Chapter:}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + acmid = {887010}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + number = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +% and inbook with a num and type field +@Inbook{Kong:2006:IEC:887006.887010, + author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, + editor = {Theerasak Thanasankit}, + title = {E-commerce and cultural values (Inbook-num chap)}, + chapter = {22}, + year = {2006}, + address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, + publisher = {IGI Publishing}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, + type = {Chapter (in type field)}, + pages = {51--74}, + numpages = {24}, + acmid = {887010}, + isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, + number = "", + month = "", + note = "", +} + + +% and incol coz we have a BLANK chapter - due to presence of editor +%atIncollection{Kong:2006:IEC:887006.887011, +% author = {Kong, Wei-Chang}, +% editor = {Theerasak Thanasankit}, +% title = "The title" +% booktitle = {E-commerce and cultural values (Incol-coz-blank-chap)}, +% year = {2006}, +% address = {Hershey, PA, USA}, +% publisher = {IGI Publishing}, +% url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=887006.887010}, +% type = {Type!}, +% chapter = {}, +% pages = {51--74}, +% numpages = {24}, +% acmid = {887010}, +% isbn = {1-59140-056-2}, +% number = "", +% month = "", +% note = "", +%} + +@article{SaeediMEJ10, + author = {Mehdi Saeedi and Morteza Saheb Zamani and Mehdi Sedighi}, + title = {A library-based synthesis methodology for reversible logic}, + journal = {Microelectron. J.}, + volume = {41}, + number = {4}, + month = apr, + year = {2010}, + pages = {185--194}, +} + +@ARTICLE{SaeediJETC10, + author = {Mehdi Saeedi and Morteza Saheb Zamani and Mehdi Sedighi and Zahra Sasanian}, + title = {Synthesis of Reversible Circuit Using Cycle-Based Approach}, + journal = {J. Emerg. Technol. Comput. Syst.}, + volume = {6}, + number = {4}, + month = dec, + year = {2010} + } + +% Asad's new version +@article{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018, + author = {Kirschmer, Markus and Voight, John}, + title = {Algorithmic Enumeration of Ideal Classes for Quaternion Orders}, + journal = {SIAM J. Comput.}, + issue_date = {January 2010}, + volume = {39}, + number = {5}, + month = jan, + year = {2010}, + issn = {0097-5397}, + pages = {1714--1747}, + numpages = {34}, + url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1137/080734467}, + doi = {https://doi.org/10.1137/080734467}, + acmid = {1958018}, + publisher = {Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics}, + address = {Philadelphia, PA, USA}, + keywords = {ideal classes, maximal orders, number theory, quaternion algebras}, +} + + +% incol due to presence of booktitle +@incollection{Hoare:1972:CIN:1243380.1243382, + author = {Hoare, C. A. R.}, + title = {Chapter II: Notes on data structuring}, + booktitle = {Structured programming (incoll)}, + editor = {Dahl, O. J. and Dijkstra, E. W. and Hoare, C. A. R.}, + year = {1972}, + isbn = {0-12-200550-3}, + pages = {83--174}, + numpages = {92}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1243380.1243382}, + acmid = {1243382}, + publisher = {Academic Press Ltd.}, + address = {London, UK, UK}, +} + +% incol due to presence of booktitle +@incollection{Lee:1978:TQA:800025.1198348, + author = {Lee, Jan}, + title = {Transcript of question and answer session}, + booktitle = {History of programming languages I (incoll)}, + editor = {Wexelblat, Richard L.}, + year = {1981}, + isbn = {0-12-745040-8}, + pages = {68--71}, + numpages = {4}, + url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/800025.1198348}, + doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/800025.1198348}, + acmid = {1198348}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, +} + +% incol due to booktitle +@incollection{Dijkstra:1979:GSC:1241515.1241518, + author = {Dijkstra, E.}, + title = {Go to statement considered harmful}, + booktitle = {Classics in software engineering (incoll)}, + year = {1979}, + isbn = {0-917072-14-6}, + pages = {27--33}, + numpages = {7}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1241515.1241518}, + acmid = {1241518}, + publisher = {Yourdon Press}, + address = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA}, +} + +% incol due to booktitle +@incollection{Wenzel:1992:TVA:146022.146089, + author = {Wenzel, Elizabeth M.}, + title = {Three-dimensional virtual acoustic displays}, + booktitle = {Multimedia interface design (incoll)}, + year = {1992}, + isbn = {0-201-54981-6}, + pages = {257--288}, + numpages = {32}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=146022.146089}, + doi = {10.1145/146022.146089}, + acmid = {146089}, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, +} + +% incol due to booktitle +@incollection{Mumford:1987:MES:54905.54911, + author = {Mumford, E.}, + title = {Managerial expert systems and organizational change: some critical research issues}, + booktitle = {Critical issues in information systems research (incoll)}, + year = {1987}, + isbn = {0-471-91281-6}, + pages = {135--155}, + numpages = {21}, + url = {http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=54905.54911}, + acmid = {54911}, + publisher = {John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, +} + +@book{McCracken:1990:SSC:575315, + author = {McCracken, Daniel D. and Golden, Donald G.}, + title = {Simplified Structured COBOL with Microsoft/MicroFocus COBOL}, + year = {1990}, + isbn = {0471514071}, + publisher = {John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, +} + +% Let's include Boris / BBeeton entries (multi-volume works) + +@book {MR781537, + AUTHOR = {H{\"o}rmander, Lars}, + TITLE = {The analysis of linear partial differential operators. {III}}, + SERIES = {Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental + Principles of Mathematical Sciences]}, + VOLUME = {275}, + NOTE = {Pseudodifferential operators}, +PUBLISHER = {Springer-Verlag}, + ADDRESS = {Berlin, Germany}, + YEAR = {1985}, + PAGES = {viii+525}, + ISBN = {3-540-13828-5}, + MRCLASS = {35-02 (35Sxx 47G05 58G15)}, + MRNUMBER = {781536 (87d:35002a)}, +MRREVIEWER = {Min You Qi}, +} + +@book {MR781536, + AUTHOR = {H{\"o}rmander, Lars}, + TITLE = {The analysis of linear partial differential operators. {IV}}, + SERIES = {Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental + Principles of Mathematical Sciences]}, + VOLUME = {275}, + NOTE = {Fourier integral operators}, +PUBLISHER = {Springer-Verlag}, + ADDRESS = {Berlin, Germany}, + YEAR = {1985}, + PAGES = {vii+352}, + ISBN = {3-540-13829-3}, + MRCLASS = {35-02 (35Sxx 47G05 58G15)}, + MRNUMBER = {781537 (87d:35002b)}, +MRREVIEWER = {Min You Qi}, +} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Start of Aptara sample bib entries + +% acmsmall-sam.bib +@InProceedings{Adya-01, + author = {A. Adya and P. Bahl and J. Padhye and A.Wolman and L. Zhou}, + title = {A multi-radio unification protocol for {IEEE} 802.11 wireless networks}, + booktitle = {Proceedings of the IEEE 1st International Conference on Broadnets Networks (BroadNets'04)}, + publisher = "IEEE", + address = "Los Alamitos, CA", + year = {2004}, + pages = "210--217" +} + +@article{Akyildiz-01, + author = {I. F. Akyildiz and W. Su and Y. Sankarasubramaniam and E. Cayirci}, + title = {Wireless Sensor Networks: A Survey}, + journal = {Comm. ACM}, + volume = 38, + number = "4", + year = {2002}, + pages = "393--422" +} + +@article{Akyildiz-02, + author = {I. F. Akyildiz and T. Melodia and K. R. Chowdhury}, + title = {A Survey on Wireless Multimedia Sensor Networks}, + journal = {Computer Netw.}, + volume = 51, + number = "4", + year = {2007}, + pages = "921--960" +} + +@InProceedings{Bahl-02, + author = {P. Bahl and R. Chancre and J. Dungeon}, + title = {{SSCH}: Slotted Seeded Channel Hopping for Capacity Improvement in {IEEE} 802.11 Ad-Hoc Wireless Networks}, + booktitle = {Proceeding of the 10th International Conference on Mobile Computing and Networking (MobiCom'04)}, + publisher = "ACM", + address = "New York, NY", + year = {2004}, + pages = "112--117" +} + +@misc{CROSSBOW, + key = {CROSSBOW}, + title = {{XBOW} Sensor Motes Specifications}, + note = {http://www.xbow.com}, + year = 2008 +} + +@article{Culler-01, + author = {D. Culler and D. Estrin and M. Srivastava}, + title = {Overview of Sensor Networks}, + journal = {IEEE Comput.}, + volume = 37, + number = "8 (Special Issue on Sensor Networks)", + publisher = "IEEE", + address = "Los Alamitos, CA", + year = {2004}, + pages = "41--49" +} + +@misc{Harvard-01, + key = {Harvard CodeBlue}, + title = {{CodeBlue}: Sensor Networks for Medical Care}, + note = {http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/mdw/ proj/codeblue/}, + year = 2008 +} + +@InProceedings{Natarajan-01, + author = {A. Natarajan and M. Motani and B. de Silva and K. Yap and K. C. Chua}, + title = {Investigating Network Architectures for Body Sensor Networks}, + booktitle = {Network Architectures}, + editor = {G. Whitcomb and P. Neece}, + publisher = "Keleuven Press", + address = "Dayton, OH", + year = {2007}, + pages = "322--328", + eprint = "960935712", + primaryclass = "cs", +} + +@techreport{Tzamaloukas-01, + author = {A. Tzamaloukas and J. J. Garcia-Luna-Aceves}, + title = {Channel-Hopping Multiple Access}, + number = {I-CA2301}, + institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of California}, + address = {Berkeley, CA}, + year = {2000} +} + +@BOOK{Zhou-06, + author = {G. Zhou and J. Lu and C.-Y. Wan and M. D. Yarvis and J. A. Stankovic}, + title = {Body Sensor Networks}, + publisher = "MIT Press", + address = "Cambridge, MA", + year = {2008} +} + +@mastersthesis{ko94, +author = "Jacob Kornerup", +title = "Mapping Powerlists onto Hypercubes", +school = "The University of Texas at Austin", +note = "(In preparation)", +year = "1994"} +%month = "dec",} + +@PhdThesis{gerndt:89, + author = "Michael Gerndt", + title = "Automatic Parallelization for Distributed-Memory + Multiprocessing Systems", + school = "University of Bonn", + year = 1989, + address = "Bonn, Germany", + month = dec +} + +@article{6:1:1, +author = "J. E. {Archer, Jr.} and R. Conway and F. B. Schneider", +title = "User recovery and reversal in interactive systems", +journal = "ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.", +volume = "6", +number = "1", +month = jan, +year = 1984, +pages = "1--19"} + +@article{7:1:137, +author = "D. D. Dunlop and V. R. Basili", +title = "Generalizing specifications for uniformly implemented loops", +journal = "ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.", +volume = "7", +number = "1", +month = jan, +year = 1985, +pages = "137--158"} + +@article{7:2:183, +author = "J. Heering and P. Klint", +title = "Towards monolingual programming environments", +journal = "ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.", +volume = "7", +number = "2", +month = apr, +year = 1985, +pages = "183--213"} + +@book{knuth:texbook, +author = "Donald E. Knuth", +title = "The {\TeX{}book}", +publisher = "Addison-Wesley", +address = "Reading, MA.", +year = 1984} + +@article{6:3:380, +author = "E. Korach and D. Rotem and N. Santoro", +title = "Distributed algorithms for finding centers and medians in networks", +journal = "ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.", +volume = "6", +number = "3", +month = jul, +year = 1984, +pages = "380--401"} + +@book{lamport:latex, +author = "Leslie Lamport", +title = "\it {\LaTeX}: A Document Preparation System", +publisher = "Addison-Wesley", +address = "Reading, MA.", +year = 1986} + +@article{7:3:359, +author = "F. Nielson", +title = "Program transformations in a denotational setting", +journal = "ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.", +volume = "7", +number = "3", +month = jul, +year = 1985, +pages = "359--379"} + +%testing +@BOOK{test, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "Seminumerical Algorithms", + volume = 2, + series = "The Art of Computer Programming", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + address = "Reading, MA", + edition = "2nd", + month = "10~" # jan, + year = "1981", +} + +@inproceedings{reid:scribe, +author = "Brian K. Reid", +title = "A high-level approach to computer document formatting", +booktitle = "Proceedings of the 7th Annual Symposium on Principles of + Programming Languages", +month = jan, +year = 1980, +publisher = "ACM", +address = "New York", +pages = "24--31"} + +@article{Zhou:2010:MMS:1721695.1721705, + author = {Zhou, Gang and Wu, Yafeng and Yan, Ting and He, Tian and Huang, Chengdu and Stankovic, John A. and Abdelzaher, Tarek F.}, + title = {A multifrequency MAC specially designed for wireless sensor network applications}, + journal = {ACM Trans. Embed. Comput. Syst.}, + issue_date = {March 2010}, + volume = 9, + number = 4, + month = {April}, + year = 2010, + issn = {1539-9087}, + pages = {39:1--39:41}, + articleno = 39, + numpages = 41, + url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1721695.1721705}, + doi = {10.1145/1721695.1721705}, + acmid = 1721705, + publisher = {ACM}, + address = {New York, NY, USA}, + keywords = {Wireless sensor networks, media access control, multi-channel, radio interference, time synchronization}, +} + + +@online{TUGInstmem, + key = {TUG}, + year = 2017, + title = "Institutional members of the {\TeX} Users Group", + url = "http://wwtug.org/instmem.html", + lastaccessed = "May 27, 2017", +} + +@online{CTANacmart, + author = {Boris Veytsman}, + title = {acmart---{C}lass for typesetting publications of {ACM}}, + url = {http://www.ctan.org/pkg/acmart}, + lastaccessed = {May 27, 2017} + } + +@ARTICLE{bowman:reasoning, + author = {Bowman, Mic and Debray, Saumya K. and Peterson, Larry L.}, + title = {Reasoning About Naming Systems}, + journal = {ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.}, + volume = {15}, + number = {5}, + pages = {795-825}, + month = {November}, + year = {1993}, + doi = {10.1145/161468.161471}, +} + +@ARTICLE{braams:babel, + author = {Braams, Johannes}, + title = {Babel, a Multilingual Style-Option System for Use with LaTeX's Standard Document Styles}, + journal = {TUGboat}, + volume = {12}, + number = {2}, + pages = {291-301}, + month = {June}, + year = {1991}, +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{clark:pct, + AUTHOR = "Malcolm Clark", + TITLE = "Post Congress Tristesse", + BOOKTITLE = "TeX90 Conference Proceedings", + PAGES = "84-89", + ORGANIZATION = "TeX Users Group", + MONTH = "March", + YEAR = {1991} +} + +@ARTICLE{herlihy:methodology, + author = {Herlihy, Maurice}, + title = {A Methodology for Implementing Highly Concurrent Data Objects}, + journal = {ACM Trans. Program. Lang. Syst.}, + volume = {15}, + number = {5}, + pages = {745-770}, + month = {November}, + year = {1993}, + doi = {10.1145/161468.161469}, +} + +@BOOK{salas:calculus, + AUTHOR = "S.L. Salas and Einar Hille", + TITLE = "Calculus: One and Several Variable", + PUBLISHER = "John Wiley and Sons", + ADDRESS = "New York", + YEAR = "1978" +} + +@MANUAL{Fear05, + title = {Publication quality tables in {\LaTeX}}, + author = {Simon Fear}, + month = {April}, + year = 2005, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/booktabs}} +} + +@Manual{Amsthm15, + title = {Using the amsthm Package}, + organization = {American Mathematical Society}, + month = {April}, + year = 2015, + note = {\url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amsthm}} +} + +@ArtifactSoftware{R, + title = {R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing}, + author = {{R Core Team}}, + organization = {R Foundation for Statistical Computing}, + address = {Vienna, Austria}, + year = {2019}, + url = {https://www.R-project.org/}, +} + +@ArtifactDataset{UMassCitations, + author = {Sam Anzaroot and Andrew McCallum}, + title = {{UMass} Citation Field Extraction Dataset}, + year = 2013, + url = + {http://www.iesl.cs.umass.edu/data/data-umasscitationfield}, + lastaccessed = {May 27, 2019} +} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-franklin.png b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-franklin.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0b2af9131 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-franklin.png diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-manuscript.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-manuscript.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa339614e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-manuscript.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi-a.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi-a.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..317da3cb33 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi-a.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ccf7383b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigchi.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigconf.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigconf.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85e43e7b1d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigconf.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigplan.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigplan.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c198433c4d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-sigplan.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-xelatex.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-xelatex.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81b2d03fd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sample-xelatex.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.dtx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2773c1691e --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,747 @@ +%<*manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> +%% +%% The first command in your LaTeX source must be the \documentclass command. +%<manuscript>\documentclass[manuscript,screen]{acmart} +%<acmsmall|acmsmall-conf>\documentclass[acmsmall]{acmart} +%<acmlarge>\documentclass[acmlarge]{acmart} +%<acmtog>\documentclass[acmtog]{acmart} +%<sigconf>\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} +%<authordraft>\documentclass[sigconf,authordraft]{acmart} +%<sigplan>\documentclass[sigplan,screen]{acmart} +%<sigchi>\documentclass[sigchi]{acmart} +%<sigchi-a>\documentclass[sigchi-a]{acmart} + +%% +%% \BibTeX command to typeset BibTeX logo in the docs +\AtBeginDocument{% + \providecommand\BibTeX{{% + \normalfont B\kern-0.5em{\scshape i\kern-0.25em b}\kern-0.8em\TeX}}} + +%% Rights management information. This information is sent to you +%% when you complete the rights form. These commands have SAMPLE +%% values in them; it is your responsibility as an author to replace +%% the commands and values with those provided to you when you +%% complete the rights form. +% +\setcopyright{acmcopyright} +\copyrightyear{2018} +\acmYear{2018} +\acmDOI{10.1145/1122445.1122456} + +%</manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> +%<*manuscript|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> +%% These commands are for a PROCEEDINGS abstract or paper. +\acmConference[Woodstock '18]{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural + Gaze Detection}{June 03--05, 2018}{Woodstock, NY} +\acmBooktitle{Woodstock '18: ACM Symposium on Neural Gaze Detection, + June 03--05, 2018, Woodstock, NY} +\acmPrice{15.00} +\acmISBN{978-1-4503-9999-9/18/06} +%</manuscript|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> + +%<*acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog> +%% +%% These commands are for a JOURNAL article. +%<acmsmall>\acmJournal{JACM} +%<acmlarge>\acmJournal{POMACS} +%<acmtog>\acmJournal{TOG} +\acmVolume{37} +\acmNumber{4} +\acmArticle{111} +\acmMonth{8} +%</acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog> +%<*manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> + + +%% +%% Submission ID. +%% Use this when submitting an article to a sponsored event. You'll +%% receive a unique submission ID from the organizers +%% of the event, and this ID should be used as the parameter to this command. +%%\acmSubmissionID{123-A56-BU3} + + +%% +%% The majority of ACM publications use numbered citations and +%% references. The command \citestyle{authoryear} switches to the +%% "author year" style. +%% +%% If you are preparing content for an event +%% sponsored by ACM SIGGRAPH, you must use the "author year" style of +%% citations and references. +%<!acmtog>%% Uncommenting +%<!acmtog>%% the next command will enable that style. +%<!acmtog>%%\citestyle{acmauthoryear} +%<acmtog>\citestyle{acmauthoryear} + +%% +%% end of the preamble, start of the body of the document source. +\begin{document} + +%% +%% The "title" command has an optional parameter, +%% allowing the author to define a "short title" to be used in page headers. +\title{The Name of the Title is Hope} + +%% +%% The "author" command and its associated commands are used to define +%% the authors and their affiliations. +%% Of note is the shared affiliation of the first two authors, and the +%% "authornote" and "authornotemark" commands +%% used to denote shared contribution to the research. +\author{Ben Trovato} +\authornote{Both authors contributed equally to this research.} +\email{trovato@corporation.com} +\orcid{1234-5678-9012} +\author{G.K.M. Tobin} +\authornotemark[1] +\email{webmaster@marysville-ohio.com} +\affiliation{% + \institution{Institute for Clarity in Documentation} + \streetaddress{P.O. Box 1212} + \city{Dublin} + \state{Ohio} + \postcode{43017-6221} +} + +\author{Lars Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld} +\affiliation{% + \institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group} + \streetaddress{1 Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Circle} + \city{Hekla} + \country{Iceland}} +\email{larst@affiliation.org} + +\author{Valerie B\'eranger} +\affiliation{% + \institution{Inria Paris-Rocquencourt} + \city{Rocquencourt} + \country{France} +} + +\author{Aparna Patel} +\affiliation{% + \institution{Rajiv Gandhi University} + \streetaddress{Rono-Hills} + \city{Doimukh} + \state{Arunachal Pradesh} + \country{India}} + +\author{Huifen Chan} +\affiliation{% + \institution{Tsinghua University} + \streetaddress{30 Shuangqing Rd} + \city{Haidian Qu} + \state{Beijing Shi} + \country{China}} + +\author{Charles Palmer} +\affiliation{% + \institution{Palmer Research Laboratories} + \streetaddress{8600 Datapoint Drive} + \city{San Antonio} + \state{Texas} + \postcode{78229}} +\email{cpalmer@prl.com} + +\author{John Smith} +\affiliation{\institution{The Th{\o}rv{\"a}ld Group}} +\email{jsmith@affiliation.org} + +\author{Julius P. Kumquat} +\affiliation{\institution{The Kumquat Consortium}} +\email{jpkumquat@consortium.net} + +%% +%% By default, the full list of authors will be used in the page +%% headers. Often, this list is too long, and will overlap +%% other information printed in the page headers. This command allows +%% the author to define a more concise list +%% of authors' names for this purpose. +\renewcommand{\shortauthors}{Trovato and Tobin, et al.} + +%% +%% The abstract is a short summary of the work to be presented in the +%% article. +\begin{abstract} + A clear and well-documented \LaTeX\ document is presented as an + article formatted for publication by ACM in a conference proceedings + or journal publication. Based on the ``acmart'' document class, this + article presents and explains many of the common variations, as well + as many of the formatting elements an author may use in the + preparation of the documentation of their work. +\end{abstract} + +%% +%% The code below is generated by the tool at http://dl.acm.org/ccs.cfm. +%% Please copy and paste the code instead of the example below. +%% +\begin{CCSXML} +<ccs2012> + <concept> + <concept_id>10010520.10010553.10010562</concept_id> + <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Embedded systems</concept_desc> + <concept_significance>500</concept_significance> + </concept> + <concept> + <concept_id>10010520.10010575.10010755</concept_id> + <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Redundancy</concept_desc> + <concept_significance>300</concept_significance> + </concept> + <concept> + <concept_id>10010520.10010553.10010554</concept_id> + <concept_desc>Computer systems organization~Robotics</concept_desc> + <concept_significance>100</concept_significance> + </concept> + <concept> + <concept_id>10003033.10003083.10003095</concept_id> + <concept_desc>Networks~Network reliability</concept_desc> + <concept_significance>100</concept_significance> + </concept> +</ccs2012> +\end{CCSXML} + +\ccsdesc[500]{Computer systems organization~Embedded systems} +\ccsdesc[300]{Computer systems organization~Redundancy} +\ccsdesc{Computer systems organization~Robotics} +\ccsdesc[100]{Networks~Network reliability} + +%% +%% Keywords. The author(s) should pick words that accurately describe +%% the work being presented. Separate the keywords with commas. +\keywords{datasets, neural networks, gaze detection, text tagging} + +%</manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> +%<*sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|acmsmall-conf> +%% A "teaser" image appears between the author and affiliation +%% information and the body of the document, and typically spans the +%% page. +\begin{teaserfigure} + \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser} + \caption{Seattle Mariners at Spring Training, 2010.} + \Description{Enjoying the baseball game from the third-base + seats. Ichiro Suzuki preparing to bat.} + \label{fig:teaser} +\end{teaserfigure} +%</sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|acmsmall-conf> +%<*manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf> + +%% +%% This command processes the author and affiliation and title +%% information and builds the first part of the formatted document. +\maketitle + +\section{Introduction} +ACM's consolidated article template, introduced in 2017, provides a +consistent \LaTeX\ style for use across ACM publications, and +incorporates accessibility and metadata-extraction functionality +necessary for future Digital Library endeavors. Numerous ACM and +SIG-specific \LaTeX\ templates have been examined, and their unique +features incorporated into this single new template. + +If you are new to publishing with ACM, this document is a valuable +guide to the process of preparing your work for publication. If you +have published with ACM before, this document provides insight and +instruction into more recent changes to the article template. + +The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can be used to prepare articles +for any ACM publication --- conference or journal, and for any stage +of publication, from review to final ``camera-ready'' copy, to the +author's own version, with {\itshape very} few changes to the source. + +\section{Template Overview} +As noted in the introduction, the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class can +be used to prepare many different kinds of documentation --- a +double-blind initial submission of a full-length technical paper, a +two-page SIGGRAPH Emerging Technologies abstract, a ``camera-ready'' +journal article, a SIGCHI Extended Abstract, and more --- all by +selecting the appropriate {\itshape template style} and {\itshape + template parameters}. + +This document will explain the major features of the document +class. For further information, the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide} is +available from +\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}. + +\subsection{Template Styles} + +The primary parameter given to the ``\verb|acmart|'' document class is +the {\itshape template style} which corresponds to the kind of publication +or SIG publishing the work. This parameter is enclosed in square +brackets and is a part of the {\verb|documentclass|} command: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass[STYLE]{acmart} +\end{verbatim} + +Journals use one of three template styles. All but three ACM journals +use the {\verb|acmsmall|} template style: +\begin{itemize} +\item {\verb|acmsmall|}: The default journal template style. +\item {\verb|acmlarge|}: Used by JOCCH and TAP. +\item {\verb|acmtog|}: Used by TOG. +\end{itemize} + +The majority of conference proceedings documentation will use the {\verb|acmconf|} template style. +\begin{itemize} +\item {\verb|acmconf|}: The default proceedings template style. +\item{\verb|sigchi|}: Used for SIGCHI conference articles. +\item{\verb|sigchi-a|}: Used for SIGCHI ``Extended Abstract'' articles. +\item{\verb|sigplan|}: Used for SIGPLAN conference articles. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Template Parameters} + +In addition to specifying the {\itshape template style} to be used in +formatting your work, there are a number of {\itshape template parameters} +which modify some part of the applied template style. A complete list +of these parameters can be found in the {\itshape \LaTeX\ User's Guide.} + +Frequently-used parameters, or combinations of parameters, include: +\begin{itemize} +\item {\verb|anonymous,review|}: Suitable for a ``double-blind'' + conference submission. Anonymizes the work and includes line + numbers. Use with the \verb|\acmSubmissionID| command to print the + submission's unique ID on each page of the work. +\item{\verb|authorversion|}: Produces a version of the work suitable + for posting by the author. +\item{\verb|screen|}: Produces colored hyperlinks. +\end{itemize} + +This document uses the following string as the first command in the +source file: +\begin{verbatim} +%<manuscript>\documentclass[manuscript,screen]{acmart} +%<acmsmall|acmsmall-conf>\documentclass[acmsmall]{acmart} +%<acmlarge>\documentclass[acmlarge]{acmart} +%<acmtog>\documentclass[acmtog]{acmart} +%<sigconf>\documentclass[sigconf]{acmart} +%<authordraft>\documentclass[sigconf,authordraft]{acmart} +%<sigplan>\documentclass[sigplan,screen]{acmart} +%<sigchi>\documentclass[sigchi]{acmart} +%<sigchi-a>\documentclass[sigchi-a]{acmart} +\end{verbatim} + + +\section{Modifications} + +Modifying the template --- including but not limited to: adjusting +margins, typeface sizes, line spacing, paragraph and list definitions, +and the use of the \verb|\vspace| command to manually adjust the +vertical spacing between elements of your work --- is not allowed. + +{\bfseries Your document will be returned to you for revision if + modifications are discovered.} + +\section{Typefaces} + +The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class requires the use of the +``Libertine'' typeface family. Your \TeX\ installation should include +this set of packages. Please do not substitute other typefaces. The +``\verb|lmodern|'' and ``\verb|ltimes|'' packages should not be used, +as they will override the built-in typeface families. + +\section{Title Information} + +The title of your work should use capital letters appropriately - +\url{https://capitalizemytitle.com/} has useful rules for +capitalization. Use the {\verb|title|} command to define the title of +your work. If your work has a subtitle, define it with the +{\verb|subtitle|} command. Do not insert line breaks in your title. + +If your title is lengthy, you must define a short version to be used +in the page headers, to prevent overlapping text. The \verb|title| +command has a ``short title'' parameter: +\begin{verbatim} + \title[short title]{full title} +\end{verbatim} + +\section{Authors and Affiliations} + +Each author must be defined separately for accurate metadata +identification. Multiple authors may share one affiliation. Authors' +names should not be abbreviated; use full first names wherever +possible. Include authors' e-mail addresses whenever possible. + +Grouping authors' names or e-mail addresses, or providing an ``e-mail +alias,'' as shown below, is not acceptable: +\begin{verbatim} + \author{Brooke Aster, David Mehldau} + \email{dave,judy,steve@university.edu} + \email{firstname.lastname@phillips.org} +\end{verbatim} + +The \verb|authornote| and \verb|authornotemark| commands allow a note +to apply to multiple authors --- for example, if the first two authors +of an article contributed equally to the work. + +If your author list is lengthy, you must define a shortened version of +the list of authors to be used in the page headers, to prevent +overlapping text. The following command should be placed just after +the last \verb|\author{}| definition: +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\shortauthors}{McCartney, et al.} +\end{verbatim} +Omitting this command will force the use of a concatenated list of all +of the authors' names, which may result in overlapping text in the +page headers. + +The article template's documentation, available at +\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}, has a +complete explanation of these commands and tips for their effective +use. + +\section{Rights Information} + +Authors of any work published by ACM will need to complete a rights +form. Depending on the kind of work, and the rights management choice +made by the author, this may be copyright transfer, permission, +license, or an OA (open access) agreement. + +Regardless of the rights management choice, the author will receive a +copy of the completed rights form once it has been submitted. This +form contains \LaTeX\ commands that must be copied into the source +document. When the document source is compiled, these commands and +their parameters add formatted text to several areas of the final +document: +\begin{itemize} +\item the ``ACM Reference Format'' text on the first page. +\item the ``rights management'' text on the first page. +\item the conference information in the page header(s). +\end{itemize} + +Rights information is unique to the work; if you are preparing several +works for an event, make sure to use the correct set of commands with +each of the works. + +\section{CCS Concepts and User-Defined Keywords} + +Two elements of the ``acmart'' document class provide powerful +taxonomic tools for you to help readers find your work in an online +search. + +The ACM Computing Classification System --- +\url{https://www.acm.org/publications/class-2012} --- is a set of +classifiers and concepts that describe the computing +discipline. Authors can select entries from this classification +system, via \url{https://dl.acm.org/ccs/ccs.cfm}, and generate the +commands to be included in the \LaTeX\ source. + +User-defined keywords are a comma-separated list of words and phrases +of the authors' choosing, providing a more flexible way of describing +the research being presented. + +CCS concepts and user-defined keywords are required for all short- and +full-length articles, and optional for two-page abstracts. + +\section{Sectioning Commands} + +Your work should use standard \LaTeX\ sectioning commands: +\verb|section|, \verb|subsection|, \verb|subsubsection|, and +\verb|paragraph|. They should be numbered; do not remove the numbering +from the commands. + +Simulating a sectioning command by setting the first word or words of +a paragraph in boldface or italicized text is {\bfseries not allowed.} + +\section{Tables} + +The ``\verb|acmart|'' document class includes the ``\verb|booktabs|'' +package --- \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs} --- for preparing +high-quality tables. + +Table captions are placed {\itshape above} the table. + +Because tables cannot be split across pages, the best placement for +them is typically the top of the page nearest their initial cite. To +ensure this proper ``floating'' placement of tables, use the +environment \textbf{table} to enclose the table's contents and the +table caption. The contents of the table itself must go in the +\textbf{tabular} environment, to be aligned properly in rows and +columns, with the desired horizontal and vertical rules. Again, +detailed instructions on \textbf{tabular} material are found in the +\textit{\LaTeX\ User's Guide}. + +Immediately following this sentence is the point at which +Table~\ref{tab:freq} is included in the input file; compare the +placement of the table here with the table in the printed output of +this document. + +%<!sigchi-a>\begin{table} +%<sigchi-a>\begin{margintable} + \caption{Frequency of Special Characters} + \label{tab:freq} + \begin{tabular}{ccl} + \toprule + Non-English or Math&Frequency&Comments\\ + \midrule + \O & 1 in 1,000& For Swedish names\\ + $\pi$ & 1 in 5& Common in math\\ + \$ & 4 in 5 & Used in business\\ + $\Psi^2_1$ & 1 in 40,000& Unexplained usage\\ + \bottomrule +\end{tabular} +%<!sigchi-a>\end{table} +%<sigchi-a>\end{margintable} + +To set a wider table, which takes up the whole width of the page's +live area, use the environment \textbf{table*} to enclose the table's +contents and the table caption. As with a single-column table, this +wide table will ``float'' to a location deemed more +desirable. Immediately following this sentence is the point at which +Table~\ref{tab:commands} is included in the input file; again, it is +instructive to compare the placement of the table here with the table +in the printed output of this document. + +\begin{table*} + \caption{Some Typical Commands} + \label{tab:commands} + \begin{tabular}{ccl} + \toprule + Command &A Number & Comments\\ + \midrule + \texttt{{\char'134}author} & 100& Author \\ + \texttt{{\char'134}table}& 300 & For tables\\ + \texttt{{\char'134}table*}& 400& For wider tables\\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} +\end{table*} + +\section{Math Equations} +You may want to display math equations in three distinct styles: +inline, numbered or non-numbered display. Each of the three are +discussed in the next sections. + +\subsection{Inline (In-text) Equations} +A formula that appears in the running text is called an inline or +in-text formula. It is produced by the \textbf{math} environment, +which can be invoked with the usual +\texttt{{\char'134}begin\,\ldots{\char'134}end} construction or with +the short form \texttt{\$\,\ldots\$}. You can use any of the symbols +and structures, from $\alpha$ to $\omega$, available in +\LaTeX~\cite{Lamport:LaTeX}; this section will simply show a few +examples of in-text equations in context. Notice how this equation: +\begin{math} + \lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0 +\end{math}, +set here in in-line math style, looks slightly different when +set in display style. (See next section). + +\subsection{Display Equations} +A numbered display equation---one set off by vertical space from the +text and centered horizontally---is produced by the \textbf{equation} +environment. An unnumbered display equation is produced by the +\textbf{displaymath} environment. + +Again, in either environment, you can use any of the symbols and +structures available in \LaTeX\@; this section will just give a couple +of examples of display equations in context. First, consider the +equation, shown as an inline equation above: +\begin{equation} + \lim_{n\rightarrow \infty}x=0 +\end{equation} +Notice how it is formatted somewhat differently in +the \textbf{displaymath} +environment. Now, we'll enter an unnumbered equation: +\begin{displaymath} + \sum_{i=0}^{\infty} x + 1 +\end{displaymath} +and follow it with another numbered equation: +\begin{equation} + \sum_{i=0}^{\infty}x_i=\int_{0}^{\pi+2} f +\end{equation} +just to demonstrate \LaTeX's able handling of numbering. + +\section{Figures} + +The ``\verb|figure|'' environment should be used for figures. One or +more images can be placed within a figure. If your figure contains +third-party material, you must clearly identify it as such, as shown +in the example below. +%<!sigchi-a>\begin{figure}[h] +%<sigchi-a>\begin{marginfigure} + \centering + \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{sample-franklin} + \caption{1907 Franklin Model D roadster. Photograph by Harris \& + Ewing, Inc. [Public domain], via Wikimedia + Commons. (\url{https://goo.gl/VLCRBB}).} + \Description{The 1907 Franklin Model D roadster.} +%<!sigchi-a>\end{figure} +%<sigchi-a>\end{marginfigure} + +Your figures should contain a caption which describes the figure to +the reader. Figure captions go below the figure. Your figures should +{\bfseries also} include a description suitable for screen readers, to +assist the visually-challenged to better understand your work. + +Figure captions are placed {\itshape below} the figure. + +\subsection{The ``Teaser Figure''} + +A ``teaser figure'' is an image, or set of images in one figure, that +are placed after all author and affiliation information, and before +the body of the article, spanning the page. If you wish to have such a +figure in your article, place the command immediately before the +\verb|\maketitle| command: +\begin{verbatim} + \begin{teaserfigure} + \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{sampleteaser} + \caption{figure caption} + \Description{figure description} + \end{teaserfigure} +\end{verbatim} + +\section{Citations and Bibliographies} + +The use of \BibTeX\ for the preparation and formatting of one's +references is strongly recommended. Authors' names should be complete +--- use full first names (``Donald E. Knuth'') not initials +(``D. E. Knuth'') --- and the salient identifying features of a +reference should be included: title, year, volume, number, pages, +article DOI, etc. + +The bibliography is included in your source document with these two +commands, placed just before the \verb|\end{document}| command: +\begin{verbatim} + \bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format} + \bibliography{bibfile} +\end{verbatim} +where ``\verb|bibfile|'' is the name, without the ``\verb|.bib|'' +suffix, of the \BibTeX\ file. + +Citations and references are numbered by default. A small number of +ACM publications have citations and references formatted in the +``author year'' style; for these exceptions, please include this +command in the {\bfseries preamble} (before +``\verb|\begin{document}|'') of your \LaTeX\ source: +\begin{verbatim} + \citestyle{acmauthoryear} +\end{verbatim} + + Some examples. A paginated journal article \cite{Abril07}, an + enumerated journal article \cite{Cohen07}, a reference to an entire + issue \cite{JCohen96}, a monograph (whole book) \cite{Kosiur01}, a + monograph/whole book in a series (see 2a in spec. document) + \cite{Harel79}, a divisible-book such as an anthology or compilation + \cite{Editor00} followed by the same example, however we only output + the series if the volume number is given \cite{Editor00a} (so + Editor00a's series should NOT be present since it has no vol. no.), + a chapter in a divisible book \cite{Spector90}, a chapter in a + divisible book in a series \cite{Douglass98}, a multi-volume work as + book \cite{Knuth97}, an article in a proceedings (of a conference, + symposium, workshop for example) (paginated proceedings article) + \cite{Andler79}, a proceedings article with all possible elements + \cite{Smith10}, an example of an enumerated proceedings article + \cite{VanGundy07}, an informally published work \cite{Harel78}, a + doctoral dissertation \cite{Clarkson85}, a master's thesis: + \cite{anisi03}, an online document / world wide web resource + \cite{Thornburg01, Ablamowicz07, Poker06}, a video game (Case 1) + \cite{Obama08} and (Case 2) \cite{Novak03} and \cite{Lee05} and + (Case 3) a patent \cite{JoeScientist001}, work accepted for + publication \cite{rous08}, 'YYYYb'-test for prolific author + \cite{SaeediMEJ10} and \cite{SaeediJETC10}. Other cites might + contain 'duplicate' DOI and URLs (some SIAM articles) + \cite{Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Boris / Barbara Beeton: + multi-volume works as books \cite{MR781536} and \cite{MR781537}. A + couple of citations with DOIs: + \cite{2004:ITE:1009386.1010128,Kirschmer:2010:AEI:1958016.1958018}. Online + citations: \cite{TUGInstmem, Thornburg01, CTANacmart}. Artifacts: + \cite{R} and \cite{UMassCitations}. + +\section{Acknowledgments} + +Identification of funding sources and other support, and thanks to +individuals and groups that assisted in the research and the +preparation of the work should be included in an acknowledgment +section, which is placed just before the reference section in your +document. + +This section has a special environment: +\begin{verbatim} + \begin{acks} + ... + \end{acks} +\end{verbatim} +so that the information contained therein can be more easily collected +during the article metadata extraction phase, and to ensure +consistency in the spelling of the section heading. + +Authors should not prepare this section as a numbered or unnumbered {\verb|\section|}; please use the ``{\verb|acks|}'' environment. + +\section{Appendices} + +If your work needs an appendix, add it before the +``\verb|\end{document}|'' command at the conclusion of your source +document. + +Start the appendix with the ``\verb|appendix|'' command: +\begin{verbatim} + \appendix +\end{verbatim} +and note that in the appendix, sections are lettered, not +numbered. This document has two appendices, demonstrating the section +and subsection identification method. + +\section{SIGCHI Extended Abstracts} + +The ``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style (available only in \LaTeX\ and +not in Word) produces a landscape-orientation formatted article, with +a wide left margin. Three environments are available for use with the +``\verb|sigchi-a|'' template style, and produce formatted output in +the margin: +\begin{itemize} +\item {\verb|sidebar|}: Place formatted text in the margin. +\item {\verb|marginfigure|}: Place a figure in the margin. +\item {\verb|margintable|}: Place a table in the margin. +\end{itemize} + +%% +%% The acknowledgments section is defined using the "acks" environment +%% (and NOT an unnumbered section). This ensures the proper +%% identification of the section in the article metadata, and the +%% consistent spelling of the heading. +\begin{acks} +To Robert, for the bagels and explaining CMYK and color spaces. +\end{acks} + +%% +%% The next two lines define the bibliography style to be used, and +%% the bibliography file. +\bibliographystyle{ACM-Reference-Format} +\bibliography{sample-base} + +%% +%% If your work has an appendix, this is the place to put it. +\appendix + +\section{Research Methods} + +\subsection{Part One} + +Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Morbi +malesuada, quam in pulvinar varius, metus nunc fermentum urna, id +sollicitudin purus odio sit amet enim. Aliquam ullamcorper eu ipsum +vel mollis. Curabitur quis dictum nisl. Phasellus vel semper risus, et +lacinia dolor. Integer ultricies commodo sem nec semper. + +\subsection{Part Two} + +Etiam commodo feugiat nisl pulvinar pellentesque. Etiam auctor sodales +ligula, non varius nibh pulvinar semper. Suspendisse nec lectus non +ipsum convallis congue hendrerit vitae sapien. Donec at laoreet +eros. Vivamus non purus placerat, scelerisque diam eu, cursus +ante. Etiam aliquam tortor auctor efficitur mattis. + +\section{Online Resources} + +Nam id fermentum dui. Suspendisse sagittis tortor a nulla mollis, in +pulvinar ex pretium. Sed interdum orci quis metus euismod, et sagittis +enim maximus. Vestibulum gravida massa ut felis suscipit +congue. Quisque mattis elit a risus ultrices commodo venenatis eget +dui. Etiam sagittis eleifend elementum. + +Nam interdum magna at lectus dignissim, ac dignissim lorem +rhoncus. Maecenas eu arcu ac neque placerat aliquam. Nunc pulvinar +massa et mattis lacinia. + +\end{document} +%</manuscript|acmsmall|acmlarge|acmtog|sigconf|authordraft|sigplan|sigchi|sigchi-a|acmsmall-conf>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.ins new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b98cca55ab --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/samples.ins @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +\def\batchfile{samples.ins} +\input docstrip +\keepsilent +\showprogress + + +\askforoverwritefalse + +\generate{% + \file{sample-manuscript.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{manuscript}} + \file{sample-acmsmall.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{acmsmall}} + \file{sample-acmlarge.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{acmlarge}} + \file{sample-acmtog.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{acmtog}} + \file{sample-sigconf.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{sigconf}} + \file{sample-authordraft.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{authordraft}} + \file{sample-xelatex.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{sigconf}} + \file{sample-sigplan.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{sigplan}} + \file{sample-sigchi.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{sigchi}} + \file{sample-sigchi-a.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{sigchi-a}} + \file{sample-acmsmall-conf.tex}{\from{samples.dtx}{acmsmall-conf}} +} + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sampleteaser.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sampleteaser.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..374f676f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/acmart/samples/sampleteaser.pdf |